TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 6, 2025.
File No. 000-   
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Fortress Private Lending Fund
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware
33-6515727
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S Employer Identification No.)
 
 
1345 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY
10105
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(212) 497-2976
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
With Copies To:
Nicole M. Runyan, P.C.
Kim E. Kaufman
Tamar Donikyan
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
(212) 446-4800
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(B) of the Act:
None
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(G) of the Act:
Class I common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
 
Smaller reporting company
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXPLANATORY NOTE
Fortress Private Lending Fund is filing this registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), in connection with its election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to provide current public information to the investment community while conducting a continuous private offering of securities (the “Offering”).
Unless indicated otherwise in this Registration Statement or the context requires otherwise, the terms:
“we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Fortress Private Lending Fund;
“Fortress” refers to Fortress Investment Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;
“Adviser” refers to FPLF Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an indirect subsidiary of Fortress, in its role as advisor to the Company;
“Administrator” refers to FPLF Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an indirect subsidiary of Fortress, in its role as administrator for the Company;
“Board” refers to the board of trustees of the Company;
“Fortress Managed Accounts” refers to other existing or future investment funds or accounts managed by Fortress or any of its affiliates, provided that, except where otherwise specifically stated herein, Fortress Managed Accounts shall not include investment funds and accounts managed by (i) the indirect owner(s) of Fortress or (ii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such indirect owner(s) that is not also controlled by Fortress;
“Shareholders” refers to holders of our Class I common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class I Shares” and, together with the additional shares that we may offer in the future, the “Shares”); and
“Trustees” refers to the members of the Board.
As used in this Registration Statement, the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”
The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and the Company will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
This Registration Statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, within the meaning of the Securities Act, any beneficial interests of the Company or any other Fortress affiliated entity. Once this Registration Statement has been deemed effective, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, which will require us, among other things, to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and we will be required to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. Additionally, we will be subject to the proxy rules in Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the Trustees, executive officers and certain Shareholders will be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov, via which our SEC filings can be electronically accessed, including this Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules hereto.
As soon as reasonably practical after filing this Registration Statement, we will file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act (the “BDC Election”). Upon filing such election, we will become subject to the 1940 Act requirements applicable to BDCs.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or the future performance or financial condition of the Company. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue” or “believe” or the negatives thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. Some of the statements in this Registration Statement constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement may include statements as to:
the Company’s future operating results and distributions;
the Company’s business prospects and the prospects of its investments, including the dependence of the Company’s future success on general economic and political trends and other external factors;
the ability of the Adviser to identify suitable investments for the Company and to monitor and administer the Company’s investments;
the effect of investments that the Company expects to make and the competition for those investments;
the ability of the Company’s investments to achieve their expected performance;
the availability of debt and equity capital and the Company’s use of borrowed money to finance a portion of its investments;
the adequacy of the Company’s financing sources and working capital;
the Company’s ability to anticipate and identify evolving market expectations with respect to environmental, social and governance matters, including the environmental impacts of our portfolio companies’ supply chain and operations;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the Company’s investments;
the timing, form and amount of any distributions;
the Company’s contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
the outcome and impact of any litigation or regulatory proceeding;
the impact of information technology system failures, data security breaches, data privacy compliance, network disruptions, and cybersecurity attacks;
actual and potential conflicts of interest with the Adviser and its affiliates;
the ability of the Adviser or its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
the Company’s ability to qualify and maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and as a BDC;
the Company’s ability to recover unrealized losses;
the Company’s ability to deploy any capital raised in its Offering;
uncertainty surrounding global financial stability;
general fluctuations in the values of financial assets; and
the impact of changes in laws and regulations.
The forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or expressed in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Registration Statement and the following factors:
the ability to source high-quality investment opportunities to deploy capital;
risks associated with possible disruption in our operations or the economy generally due to terrorism, natural disasters, epidemics or other events having a broad impact on the economy;
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

periods of disruption and instability in the capital markets, including as a result of United States trade policy developments, tariffs and other trade restrictions;
fluctuations in interest rates and credit spreads could reduce our ability to generate income on our loans and other investments, which could lead to a significant decrease in our results of operations, cash flows and the market value of our investments and may limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders;
certain economic events may cause our shareholders to request that we repurchase their Shares, and if we decide to satisfy any or all of such requests, our cash flow and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Further, our Board may make exceptions to, modify or suspend our share repurchase plan (including to make exceptions to the repurchase limitations or purchase fewer shares than such repurchase limitations) if it deems such action to be in our best interest;
distributions are not guaranteed and may be funded from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, borrowings, offering proceeds (including from sales of our shares to Fortress affiliates), proceeds from repayments of our debt investments, sales of our liquid investments and, if necessary, sales of our investments and/or assets, and we have no limits on the amounts we may fund from such sources;
the valuation of our investments may not be certain or transparent as a result of the highly volatile environments we operate in;
the purchase and repurchase prices for our Shares are generally based on our prior month’s net asset value (“NAV”) and are not based on any public trading market;
future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas;
our ability to raise additional funds to enable us to make additional investments and diversify the risk profile of our portfolio;
our ability to capitalize on potential investment opportunities on attractive terms;
our ability to accurately identify or adequately evaluate potential risks in volatile investing environments with limited market liquidity or price transparency;
the incurrence of contingent liabilities as a result of our investments, including our assumption of default risk or other third-party risks;
our ability to forecast correlations between the value of our portfolio and the direction of exchange rates, interest rates and the price of securities in order to effectively or appropriately mitigate risks associated with our investments;
defaults by borrowers in paying debt service on outstanding indebtedness;
certain risks associated with limitations on our remedies under bankruptcy laws;
system failures and cybersecurity breaches;
substantial compliance costs that may be required to meet the constantly evolving legal and regulatory landscape for data protection and privacy;
potential misconduct and unauthorized conduct from third-party providers;
compliance with state and local laws, statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to pollution, the protection of the environment and human health and safety;
risks associated with joint ventures;
risks associated with our relationship with Fortress and the Adviser; and
changes to United States federal income tax laws.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could also be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a forward-looking statement in this Registration Statement should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved.
You should read this Registration Statement and the documents that we reference herein and have filed as exhibits hereto with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Registration Statement. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
For more information regarding these and other risks and uncertainties that we face, see the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and any such updated factors included in our periodic filings with the SEC, which are accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this document. Because the Company is an investment company, the forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 21E of the Exchange Act.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF RISK FACTORS
The following is a summary of the principal risks that you should carefully consider before investing in our securities.
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure
We have a limited operating history.
We will be a privately placed BDC and our Shareholders may not be able to transfer or otherwise dispose of our Shares at desired times or prices, or at all.
We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.
We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.
We are exposed to risks associated with high rates of inflation.
We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.
Because we expect our initial Shareholders to approve a proposal to allow an asset coverage ratio of 150%, we expect to be subject to 150% asset coverage ratio.
We will face competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.
Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies by causing a disruption to our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or the confidential information of our portfolio companies and/or damage to our business relationships or the business relationships of our portfolio companies, all of which could negatively impact the business, financial condition and operating results of us or our portfolio companies.
Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.
Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates
The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.
Our fee structure may create a conflict of interest due to the incentives for the Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.
The Adviser and its affiliates may have incentives to favor their respective other funds, accounts and clients over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be adverse to us and our investment opportunities and harmful to us.
Risks Related to Our Investments
The capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability, including as a result of United States trade policy developments, tariffs and other trade restrictions. Such market conditions may materially and adversely affect the debt and equity capital markets, which may have a negative impact on our business and operations.
Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.
Investments in common and preferred equity securities, many of which are illiquid with no readily available market, involve a substantial degree of risk.
If we cannot obtain debt financing or equity capital on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.
Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our portfolio may be focused on a limited number of portfolio companies or industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.
We may not be able to realize expected returns on our invested capital.
We may not be able to complete certain desired investments because such investments may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements, including pursuant to foreign investment regulations and review by governmental entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or may be ultimately prohibited.
Risks Related to an Investment in our Shares
The amount of any distributions we may make on our Shares is uncertain. We may not be able to pay distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per Share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per Share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and proceeds from our Offering to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).
Our Shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system and will not be listed for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, our Shareholders will have limited liquidity.
The NAV of our Shares may fluctuate significantly.
Preferred shares could be issued with rights and preferences that would adversely affect our Shareholders, including the right to elect certain members of the Board and have class voting rights on certain matters.
Certain Shareholders will be subject to Exchange Act filing requirements relating to their beneficial ownership of Shares.
Those Shareholders that are obligated to fund drawdowns may need to maintain a substantial portion of the amount of their unfunded capital commitments in assets that can be readily converted to cash.
Shareholders who default on their capital commitment to us will be subject to significant adverse consequences.
Risks Related to Federal Income Taxation
We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our Shareholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.
We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC (as defined in “Item 1. Business”) under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.
We may have difficulty making our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code following the RIC Election Date, certain U.S. Shareholders will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. Shareholders’ allocable share of the Management Fees (as defined in “Item 1. Business”) and Incentive Fees (as defined in “Item 1. Business”) paid to the Adviser and some of our expenses, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. Shareholders.
General Risks
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.
Credit funds have been the subject of increasing regulatory focus at international and regional levels.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1.
Business
Overview
The Company, a Delaware statutory trust, is a “perpetual-life”, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that will elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Prior to electing to be regulated as a BDC, we are conducting our investment activities and operations in reliance on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.
The Company is managed by the Adviser, an indirect subsidiary of Fortress, which provides management services to the Company pursuant to an amended and restated investment advisory agreement, dated as of February 10, 2025, between the Adviser and the Company (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. Our Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC.
The Company’s investment objectives and strategies are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation, primarily by investing in U.S. middle-market companies through the direct origination or acquisition of first lien senior secured loans (including “unitranche” loans, which are loans that combine both senior and subordinated debt, generally in a first lien position) and, to a lesser extent, second lien senior secured loans. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject, following the BDC Election, to compliance with BDC regulatory requirements to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets”, which include private U.S. companies), we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in non-qualifying assets, including companies located outside of the U.S., entities that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions under the 1940 Act, as applicable, and publicly traded entities whose public equity market capitalization exceeds the levels provided for under the 1940 Act. As such, we expect to invest, from time to time, in European and other non-U.S. companies. We generally consider middle-market companies to consist of companies with $25 million to $250 million of EBITDA, although the Company may from time to time invest in smaller companies and other instruments if the Adviser believes that the opportunity presents attractive investment characteristics and risk-adjusted returns.
The Company’s investments may be accompanied by junior debt and/or equity or equity-related investments, including common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock and/or warrants. Other first-lien debt may include standalone first-lien loans, “last-out” first lien loans, which are loans that have a secondary priority behind super-senior “first out” first-lien loans, and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first-lien loans. To a lesser extent, and generally in connection with our main investment strategy, we may invest in other types of securities as well, including second lien senior secured, unsecured, subordinated, and mezzanine loans, preferred stock, equities and warrants in both private and public middle-market companies. The loans that the Company originates and/or acquires may also include additional economics such as warrants, options or other forms of equity participation based upon the performance of the borrower or underlying collateral. Our investments are expected to have the potential to achieve significant investment income and capital appreciation and generally will have maturities of three to eight years; however, there is no limit on the maturity or duration of any security we may hold in our portfolio. Loans and securities purchased in the secondary market will generally have shorter remaining terms to maturity than newly-issued investments.
Investment opportunities are expected to primarily consist of the origination and secondary purchase of loans made to corporate borrowers across a wide spectrum of sectors and asset classes. The Company is expected to act as a lender in opportunities directly sourced by the Adviser or as co-lenders in transactions that may be originated by other entities and subsequently offered to the Company via syndication, loan sales or through a co-lender arrangement with other like-minded lenders and investors that are active in the market.
The Company intends to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event, following the BDC Election, will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act. We expect to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, and the issuance of debt securities. In connection with the BDC Election, we expect that our initial Shareholders will approve a proposal to permit us to reduce our asset coverage ratio from 200% to 150%, which means for every $100 of net assets the Company holds, the Company may raise $200 from borrowing and issuing senior securities (including debt and preferred shares). Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Company.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company expects that most of its debt investments will be unrated. When rated by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, the Company expects that its debt investments will generally carry a rating below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services), which is often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”. These “junk” or “high yield” securities have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.
Our investment strategy is expected to benefit from Fortress’s reputation and ability to transact in scale with speed and certainty and its long-standing and extensive relationships with private equity firms as well as direct borrowers that require attractive financing for their transactions.
In addition, we may, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, pursue investments outside of the categories described above to take advantage of prevailing market conditions.
In addition, for federal income tax purposes, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (a “RIC,” and such election, the “RIC Election”) effective on the day of the BDC Election or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, determined in the Company’s discretion (such date, the “RIC Election Date”), and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with its taxable year that begins on the RIC Election Date. To qualify as a RIC, the Company must (among other requirements) meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its Shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. Following the RIC Election Date, we generally intend to distribute, out of our assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a monthly basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Following the RIC Election Date, depending on the level of taxable income earned in a taxable year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year dividend distributions from such current year taxable income into the next taxable year and pay a 4% excise tax on such undistributed income, as required. Following the RIC Election Date, to the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year taxable income will be in excess of estimated dividend distributions for the current year from such income, the Company accrues excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income as such taxable income is earned.
Formation Transactions
We were formed on January 25, 2024 as a statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware.
We conduct our investment activities and operations in reliance on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. As a private fund, we may, at our sole discretion, hold closings from time to time of investors who are (i) “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act, in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (ii) prior to the BDC Election only, “qualified purchasers” as defined under the 1940 Act. At each such closing, each investor will make a capital commitment to purchase Shares pursuant to a Subscription Agreement (as defined below) entered into with the Company. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase Shares up to the amount of their respective capital commitment on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a drawdown notice.
We will hold the initial closing following the BDC Election on such date as determined by the Adviser, in its sole discretion (the “Initial BDC Closing”). Following the BDC Election, the Company intends to commence holding closings on a monthly basis, in connection with which we will issue Shares at a per Share price equal to NAV per Share to investors that fully fund their investment on the date their subscription agreement is accepted by the Company. In addition, following the BDC Election, we may continue to allow certain investors to fund their investment in the Company over time through drawdowns of their capital commitments in lieu of fully funding their investment on the date their subscription agreement is accepted by the Company. With respect to unfunded capital commitments, we will draw down on such commitments over time, on an as-needed basis by delivering a drawdown notice to each investor. All purchases of Shares pursuant to the capital commitments will generally be made pro rata in accordance with remaining capital commitments of all investors at a per Share price equal to NAV per Share.
The Offering will be made pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to investors who are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
We are initially offering one class of our common shares of beneficial interest–the Class I Shares–and may offer additional classes of our Shares in the future. We and the Adviser intend to apply for exemptive relief from the SEC
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that, if granted, will permit us to issue multiple classes of our Shares with varying sales loads, contingent deferred sales charges, and/or asset-based service and/or distribution fees, the details for which will be finalized at a later date in our discretion (the “Multi-Class Exemptive Relief”). The SEC has not yet granted the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, and there is no assurance that the relief will be granted.
The Company reserves the right to conduct additional offerings of securities in the future in addition to the Offering. In addition, although the Company intends to issue Shares on a monthly basis, the Company retains the right, if determined by it in its sole discretion, to accept subscriptions and issue Shares, in amounts to be determined by the Company, more or less frequently to one or more investors for regulatory, tax or other reasons.
Fortress
Fortress Investment Group LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser, is a leading, highly diversified global investment manager. Founded in 1998, Fortress manages $50 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2024, on behalf of approximately 2,000 institutional clients and private investors worldwide across a range of credit and real estate, private equity and permanent capital investment strategies. Fortress is headquartered in New York and Dallas, with affiliates that have offices in Abu Dhabi, Atlanta, Greenwich, Hong Kong, London, Los Angeles, Madrid, Menlo Park, Sydney and Tokyo.
Competitive Strengths and Core Competencies
Cycle-Tested Direct Lending Platform. Fortress has an over 20-year U.S. direct lending heritage, deploying approximately $30 billion of capital since 2006 through proprietary sourcing channels with sponsors, bankers, advisors and operators. Fortress believes that the majority of its investments will continue to not be intermediated and will be originated without the assistance of banks or other traditional sources.
The Adviser believes that Fortress has developed a reputation as a consistent, complementary solution provider across all economic cycles, remaining authentic to Fortress’s principled investment standards. These investment standards have produced attractive risk-adjusted returns while emphasizing the core tenants of Fortress’s credit franchise, including portfolio diversification, risk mitigation and capital preservation.
In addition, the Adviser intends to draw upon the resources of the broader Fortress platform in underwriting transactions, performing due diligence, managing assets and optimizing the Company’s operations. The Adviser expects the cross-platform collaboration to enhance its and the Company’s view of the markets, facilitate origination efforts and provide invaluable insight into current credit market dynamics.
Robust, Multi-Channel Origination Platform. Fortress’s long history of credit investing has augmented the variety of its sourcing channels and dynamics, providing differentiated origination volume in any cycle environment. Sourcing and originating are infused in Fortress’s DNA and one-team culture, facilitating relationships with existing borrowers and strengthening long-standing relationships with private equity sponsors, banks, advisors and other proprietary networks. These proprietary relationships afford Fortress the ability to develop deep sector expertise and insights, differentiating its value proposition for potential borrowers.
Strict Adherence to Credit Underwriting Fundamentals. The Adviser intends to take a judicious, disciplined approach to the underwriting and allocation of risk to the Company. The Adviser’s investment approach will blend a rigorous analysis of the macroeconomic environment with a deep fundamental understanding of the individual borrowers and sectors in which the Company expects to invest.
Ability to Control Outcomes with Differentiated Asset Management Capability. Fortress believes it has a highly coordinated and robust team of dedicated private corporate lending asset managers (the “Asset Management Team”), focused on the active monitoring of existing credits and proactively identifying and managing potential risks. The Asset Management Team, led by two co-heads with an average of 25 years of experience and 20-year tenure at Fortress, has significant experience and knowledge in restructurings, risk monitoring, due diligence, valuations, and portfolio monitoring and analysis. By leveraging this knowledge, the Adviser will seek to enhance economics in the event of a workout or restructuring event while maintaining the flexibility to step into all levels of the capital structure. The Adviser and Fortress have a rigorous set of processes and procedures, including frequent contact with
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

borrowers, loan agents and other counterparties in order, to ascertain a fundamental understanding of the collateral value, cash flows and related risks. These tenets, enforced by its asset management platform, have been instrumental in Fortress’s low average annualized net loss rate on realized investments of 0.02% inception-to-date.2 However, past performance is not a guarantee of future results.
Skilled Bench of Highly Experienced Senior Leadership. The Adviser believes it has a highly experienced Investment Team (as defined below) with an average of 23 years of experience sourcing and underwriting attractive investments with risk-adjusted returns. Their average tenure at Fortress is 16 years, creating a shared institutional knowledge of sourcing and investment expertise. This expertise is supported by the broader Fortress ecosystem which provides the connective tissue for the cross-pollination of solution-oriented investment ideas. The Adviser believes that the broad knowledge of the Investment Team and the Fortress platform of asset classes and credit cycles will provide the Company with differentiated investment and execution expertise.
The Adviser
The Company’s investment activities are managed by FPLF Management LLC, an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and an indirect subsidiary of Fortress. Entities controlled by Fortress are the principal owners of the Adviser and its affiliates, and accordingly, Fortress has ultimate decision-making authority with respect to the Adviser. Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.
We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which the Adviser provides investment advisory services to us. The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and the Adviser is free to furnish similar or other services to others so long as its services to us are not impaired. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser a base management fee (the “Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”). For a discussion of the Management Fee and Incentive Fee payable by us to the Adviser see “— Investment Advisory Agreement”. Our Board will monitor the mix and performance of our investments over time and seek to satisfy itself that the Adviser is acting in the Company’s interests and that our fee structure appropriately incentivizes the Adviser to do so.
The Adviser is led by substantially the same investment personnel as Fortress. The Adviser’s personnel, as well as personnel of Fortress, work on matters related to other funds and accounts. As such, the Adviser has access to the broader resources of Fortress, subject to Fortress’s policies and procedures regarding the management of conflicts of interest.
The Adviser’s investment team is responsible for managing our business and activities (the “Investment Team”) and is led by Fortress’s Co-Chief Executive Officer, Joshua Pack, and the Company’s Co-Chief Executive Officers, Aaron Blanchette and Brian Stewart, all of whom have substantial experience in credit origination, underwriting and asset management. The Adviser will seek to maximize the unity, cohesiveness and flexibility of the Investment Team to prioritize what it believes to be the most compelling investment opportunities originated by the Investment Team. The Company’s investment decisions will be made by a committee, which will include senior personnel of Fortress and the Adviser. The committee (the “Investment Committee”) is currently led by Joshua Pack, Aaron Blanchette, Brian Stewart, Drew McKnight and Jack Neumark.
The Company will be highly dependent on the involvement of Joshua Pack, Drew McKnight, Aaron Blanchette, Brian Stewart, Tim Sloan, Andy Frank and Jack Neumark (each a “Key Person”) in its investment activities. Following the BDC Election, if fewer than four of the Key Persons and/or any additional or replacement person approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees (as defined below), remain actively involved in the management and affairs of the Company, a “Key Person Event” will occur; provided, that the Adviser will have the right during the Suspension Period (as defined below) to replace one or more Key Persons with one or more individuals approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees to address the occurrence of a Key Person Event. In the event of a Key Person Event, the Company shall promptly provide concurrent notice (the “Key Person Notice”) to all Shareholders consistent with its obligations under the U.S. federal securities laws, and the making of new investments shall be suspended until the earlier of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) calendar day following the date that the Key Person Notice is provided and (ii) the day on which a replacement person for
2
Reflects total dollar losses of Fortress’s U.S. direct corporate loans, divided by total invested capital (annualized). Calculations of losses include both interest income and principal gains and losses. Including unrealized losses, the annualized loss rate is 0.09%.
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such Key Person (or Key Persons, as applicable) is approved by the Adviser and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees (the “Suspension Period”). During a Suspension Period, a majority of Shareholders may elect to end the Suspension Period (in which case the making of new investments shall resume immediately following such election). For the avoidance of doubt, during a Suspension Period, the Company may issue drawdowns and utilize its assets to (i) pay Company expenses, (ii) complete any proposed investment (including any follow-on investment and investments pursuant to an investment commitment (in each case with respect to investments in portfolio companies in which the Company was invested as of the date of the Key Person Event) for which the Adviser has, on behalf of the Company, made a commitment, placed a bid (whether binding or not) in a competitive bidding situation or entered into a letter of intent, term sheet, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (whether or not such document created a legally binding obligation to proceed with such investment) or a definitive agreement to proceed with such transaction (collectively, “Actively Pursued Potential Investments”) if such Actively Pursued Potential Investment was being actively pursued as of such Key Person Event, (iii) fund any guaranteed obligations and/or (iv) as otherwise necessary for the Company to preserve its tax status. Upon the completion of a Suspension Period, if not already completed, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, will oversee the appointment of Key Persons and the resumption of the Company’s suspended investment operations. The Key Persons have undertaken to, in their own business judgment, be actively involved in the management and affairs of the Company.
The Adviser may serve as an investment adviser to other Fortress Managed Accounts and funds with investment objectives and strategies that overlap with those of the Company. These businesses may also be counterparties or participants in agreements, transactions, or other arrangements with businesses in which other affiliated investment vehicles have made investments that may involve fees and/or servicing payments to the Adviser or its affiliates. In addition, the Company’s executive officers and Trustees serve or may serve as officers, trustees or principals of entities, that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by Fortress affiliates, including the Adviser. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objectives and the Company may compete with entities managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, for capital and investment opportunities. Both Fortress and the Adviser are committed to allocating investment opportunities among the Company and their other clients in a manner that, over time, is on a fair and equitable basis. However, in these circumstances, the Company may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity that falls within its investment objectives and strategies than it would otherwise be allocated, or it may not receive an allocation at all. In addition, expenses may be incurred that are attributable to the Company and other entities managed by the Adviser and its affiliates. For more information on how investments will be allocated and conflicts of interests will be managed see “—Allocation of Investment Opportunities” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Trustee Independence.
In addition, entities affiliated with or related to the Adviser, together with certain of the Adviser’s investment professionals, from time to time, may make investments in other entities whose investment objectives overlap with ours or which are advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, some of which may have different fee structures (including no fees and lower fees) than those in the Investment Advisory Agreement. We believe that any investment by the Adviser and its affiliates in the Company aligns, to some extent, the interests of the Adviser with our Shareholders, although the Adviser has or may have economic interests in such other entities as well and receive advisory fees or other forms of incentive-based compensation relating to such entities.
The Administrator
FPLF Management LLC serves as our administrator pursuant to an amended and restated administration agreement, dated as of February 10, 2025, between the Administrator and the Company (the “Administration Agreement”). The Administrator provides, or oversees the performance of, certain administrative and compliance services, including, but not limited to, maintaining financial records, overseeing the calculation of NAV, compliance monitoring (including diligence and oversight of our other service providers), preparing reports to Shareholders and reports filed with the SEC, preparing materials and coordinating meetings of our Board, managing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others and providing office space, equipment and office services. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and the Company’s allocable portion of compensation of the Administrator’s personnel and overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations pursuant to the Administration Agreement.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Administrator is an indirect subsidiary of Fortress and may provide similar services to other Fortress Managed Accounts. To the extent that the Administrator provides administrative services to other Fortress Managed Accounts, any of the costs and expenses associated with the Administrator’s personnel overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) or incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations, will be borne by the Company based on its allocable share of the costs, on an estimated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in circumstances where the Administrator reasonably believes that an allocation of such expenses or the amount allocated to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts would produce an inequitable result to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts, the Administrator may allocate such expenses in a fair and equitable manner. See “— Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement” below for a discussion of the fees and expenses we are required to reimburse to the Administrator. The Administrator may delegate any of its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third-party to assist in the provision of administrative services (each a “Sub-Administrator”).
The Board of Trustees
Overall responsibility for the Company’s oversight rests with the Board. We are party to an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser manages the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Company’s amended and restated bylaws (as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”), the Company’s amended and restated declaration of trust (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Declaration of Trust”) and applicable provisions of state and other laws. The Adviser will keep the Board informed as to the Adviser’s activities undertaken on our behalf and our investment operations and provide the Board with additional information as the Board may, from time to time, request. The Board currently has one member, David Sims, who is an “interested person” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Upon the BDC Election, the Board will consist of seven (7) members, a majority of whom will not be “interested persons” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and will be “independent,” as determined by the Board.
Market Opportunity
The Adviser believes that trends in the middle-market lending environment, including the limited availability of capital from traditional regulated financial institutions, strong demand for debt capital and specialized lending requirements, are likely to continue to create favorable opportunities for us to invest at attractive risk-adjusted rates.
Subsequent to the global financial crisis in 2008, the implementation of regulatory changes, tightened risk appetites and reduced the capacity of traditional lenders to serve middle-market companies. We believe that these dynamics create a significant opportunity for us to directly originate investments. We also believe that the large amount of uninvested capital held by private equity firms will continue to drive deal activity, which may in turn create additional demand for debt capital.
This market dynamic is further exacerbated by the specialized due diligence and underwriting capabilities, as well as extensive ongoing monitoring, required for middle-market lending. We believe middle-market lending is generally more labor-intensive than lending to larger companies due to smaller investment sizes and the lack of publicly available information on these companies. As a result, the opportunities for dedicated private lenders, like us, have continued to expand.
We believe an imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, middle-market debt capital creates attractive pricing dynamics for us. The negotiated nature of middle-market financings also generally provides for more favorable terms to the lenders, including stronger covenant and reporting packages, better call protection and lender-protective change of control provisions. We believe that we have flexibility to develop loans that reflect each borrower’s distinct situation, provide long-term relationships and a potential source for future capital, which renders us an attractive lender.
Structure of Investments
Debt Investments. The terms of the Company’s debt investments will be tailored to the facts and circumstances of each transaction and prospective portfolio company. The Adviser will seek to negotiate the structure of each investment to protect the Company’s rights, manage its risks and execute on its business plan. We intend to invest in the following types of debt:
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

First lien debt. First lien debt is typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a first priority security interest in assets of the issuer. The security interest ranks above the security interest of any second lien lenders in those assets. The Company’s first lien debt may include stand-alone first lien loans, “last out” first lien loans, “unitranche” loans and secured corporate bonds with similar features to these categories of first lien loans.
Stand-alone first lien loans. Stand-alone first lien loans are traditional first lien loans. All lenders in the facility have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first priority security interest.
“Last out” first lien loans. “Last out” first lien loans have secondary priority behind super senior “first out” first lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first lien loan are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which provides lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk and, in exchange, receive a higher effective interest rate through arrangements among the leaders than the “first out” lenders or lenders in standalone first lien loans. Agreements among lenders also typically provide greater voting rights to the “last out” lenders than the intercreditor agreements to which second lien lenders often are subject.
Unitranche” loans. Unitranche loans are loans that combine features of first lien, second lien and mezzanine debt, generally in a first lien position. In many cases, “unitranche” lenders, including the Company, may provide the issuer most, if not all, of the capital structure above the equity. The primary advantage to the borrower in this scenario is the ability to negotiate an entire debt financing with one lender and eliminate of intercreditor issues.
First lien secured bonds. First lien secured bonds are similar to stand-alone first lien loans. All investors in the bond have equal rights to the collateral that is subject to the first priority security interest.
Second lien debt. Second lien debt may include second lien secured loans, and, to a lesser extent, second lien secured bonds, with a secondary priority behind first lien debt. Second lien debt typically is senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and has the benefit of a security interest over assets of the issuer, though ranking junior to first lien debt secured by those assets. First lien lenders and second lien lenders typically have separate liens on collateral, and an intercreditor agreement provides the first-lien lenders with priority over the second lien lenders’ liens on collateral. Generally, the Adviser will focus on second lien investment opportunities in the event that they accompany the Company’s primary investment strategy of a first lien, senior secured investment, providing the Company with a fortified position in a borrower’s capital structure.
Mezzanine or Unsecured debt. Structurally, mezzanine debt usually ranks subordinate in priority of payment to first lien and second lien debt and may not have the benefit of financial covenants in first lien and second lien debt. Unsecured debt may rank junior in priority as it relates to proceeds in certain liquidations where it does not have the benefit of a lien in specific collateral held by creditors (typically first lien and/or second lien) who have a perfected security interest in such collateral. However, both mezzanine and unsecured debt ranks senior to common and preferred equity in an issuer’s capital structure. Mezzanine and unsecured debt investments generally offer lenders fixed returns in the form of interest payments and mezzanine debt will often provide lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation, if any, of an issuer through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of an equity co-investment or warrants. Due to its higher risk profile, and often less restrictive covenants compared to senior secured loans, mezzanine and unsecured debt generally bears a higher stated interest rate than first lien and second lien debt.
The Company’s debt investments will typically be structured with the maximum seniority and collateral that the Company can reasonably obtain while seeking to achieve its total return target. The Adviser seeks to limit the downside potential of the Company’s investments by:
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requiring a total return on the Company’s investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates the Company for credit risk;
mitigating non-credit-related risks on the Company’s investments, including call protection provisions to protect future payment income. In addition, most of the Company’s investments are expected to be floating rate in nature, which the Adviser believes will help act as a portfolio-wide hedge against inflation; and
negotiating covenants in connection with the Company’s investments consistent with preservation of the Company’s capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative covenants (including reporting requirements), negative covenants (including financial covenants), lien protection, change of control provisions and, depending on the size, nature and performance of the transaction, the Company may occupy a seat or serve as an observer on a portfolio company’s board of directors or similar governing body.
Among the types of first lien debt in which the Company intends to invest, we generally will be able to obtain higher effective interest rates on our “last out” first lien loans than on other types of first lien loans, since we expect our “last out” first lien loans to generally be more junior in the capital structure. Within our portfolio, we aim to maintain the appropriate proportion among the various types of first lien loans, as well as second lien debt and mezzanine debt, which will increase our ability to achieve our target returns while maintaining our targeted amount of credit risk.
Equity Investments. Our loans may include equity interests in an issuer, such as warrants or profit participation rights. In certain instances, we also will make equity investments, although those situations will generally be limited to those cases where we are also making an investment in a more senior part of the capital structure of the issuer. In addition, there may be instances where we invest in liquid securities of a company.
Investment Selection
The Adviser seeks to adhere to a disciplined approach with respect to sourcing, evaluating and executing prospective investments, consistent with how Fortress manages its investments across its platform.
The Adviser’s core investing tenets are anchored in strict observance of fundamental credit underwriting standards and its ability to mitigate risk and ultimately preserve capital. This emphasis on capital preservation generally means that the Company will target investment opportunities which exhibit the following characteristics:
high margins of safety;
low loan to collateral value levels;
top of the capital structure, first-dollar risk;
call protection and voting control;
maintenance and incurrence covenants; and
experienced management teams with deep alignment with creditors and equity investors.
The Adviser intends to implement the following investment selection framework to achieve the Company’s investment objectives:
Market Category Leader and Sustainable Competitive Advantages. The Adviser will seek to invest in companies and management teams that have leading positions within their respective sectors, coupled with differentiated competitive advantages and high barriers to entry. When conducting diligence, the Adviser will generally target investments which demonstrate superior unit economics, often exemplified by a borrower’s revenue model, whether recurring or contractual, and consistency of cash flow streams through different cycles.
Stable Free Cash Flow, Earnings and Profit Margins. The Company will generally target companies with stable and substantial free cash flow, earnings and profit margins, which the Adviser believes is fundamental to borrowers’ ability to satisfy debt service requirements.
Aligned Incentives with Experienced Management Teams. The Adviser believes that experienced management teams are paramount to long-term value creation and stewardship of both equity and credit stakeholders’ capital. Through the Adviser’s deep expertise across sectors, it will carefully evaluate the quality and capability of senior management, as well as the incentives in-place to create mutually desirable
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

outcomes. The Adviser believes that proper qualitative and quantitative incentives, mutually agreed upon by management, lenders and sponsor equity, if applicable, are essential to effectively execute on the strategic objectives, and ultimately create enterprise value, of the Company.
Investment Process Overview
The day-to-day activities of the Company are managed by the Adviser and the Investment Team. The process through which an investment is sourced, evaluated and made involves substantial direct origination efforts and extensive research into each company, its industry, its growth prospects and its ability to withstand adverse conditions.
Sourcing
Fortress has a variety of sourcing channels and dynamics augmented by a 20-plus year history of investing relationships. The Adviser has a dedicated sourcing team that utilizes an omni-channel sourcing approach, which includes calling on direct-to-company, financial sponsors, banks, advisors, and proprietary networks. This results in the Adviser’s ability to experience robust origination volumes across market environments.
The Adviser will seek to leverage the insights derived from its research, due diligence and risk management efforts and engage its operating partners, advisers and capital partners to increase awareness and coordination across the Adviser’s platform to identify direct investment opportunities. The Adviser strives to obtain a thorough understanding of evolving market dynamics and thematic pockets of opportunity which arise at different points in the economic cycle.
Underwriting
Upon preliminary review of available materials and dialogue with the counterparties and/or borrowers, the Investment Team will prepare a preliminary analysis of the proposed investment. This will include a bottom-up operating model and implied cash flows along with a thorough review of the legal and financial material prepared by the management team. This process is conducted in concert with other internal and external resources, including operating partners, bankers, advisors, attorneys, accountants, consultants and research firms.
Feedback on the preliminary analysis from select members of the Investment Committee on the proposed structure, implied returns and review of the borrower profile alongside Fortress’s strict underwriting tenets will inform the decision as to whether to proceed with diligence or not. If senior professionals and the deal team, which is comprised of select members of the Investment Team, are supportive of advancing the opportunity, the deal team will commence extensive due diligence, including preparation of a comprehensive set of information requests and questions for the counterparty as well as conducting meetings with management. In conjunction with internal efforts, the Investment Team may engage external advisers to conduct quality of earnings analyses or retain business diligence consultants to determine the viability of the borrower’s business model, including market share, barriers to entry and quality of the management team.
The culmination of Fortress’s underwriting efforts reflects an adherence to its stringent credit fundamentals, which include, but are not limited to:
barriers to entry and sustainable competitive advantages of the borrower;
the quality and durability of a company’s business model and market position;
the company’s ability to generate free cash flow and earnings to service its financial obligations;
Fortress’s position in the capital structure and detachment relative to the implied collateral value;
covenants, consent rights and voting controls; and
the company’s equity capitalization, asset and/or enterprise value(s), shareholder(s), management team members and stakeholder incentives, and characteristics of the particular investment instrument(s) that are being evaluated (e.g., economic terms, collateral, seniority, covenants, etc.).
All advanced investment opportunities are subject to a uniformly disciplined underwriting process, which typically takes four to six weeks but may take more or less time depending on the size and complexity of the potential transaction.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Adviser’s underwriting process seeks to benefit from the substantial resources and sector expertise of Fortress and its affiliates and the Investment Team’s relationships with management teams, corporate boards, industry experts, consultants and advisors.
Upon completion of full due diligence, the deal team will prepare a comprehensive memorandum that outlines the due diligence conducted and all material findings to reach the investment conclusion (the “Investment Committee Memo”), which will be presented to the Investment Committee.
Investment Committee
The investment activities of the Company will be under the direction of the Adviser’s Investment Committee, subject to the overall supervision of the Board. The Investment Committee will be a highly collaborative and inclusive evaluation engine that scrutinizes the merits of respective deals and ensures a strict adherence to the fundamental investment tenants of Fortress. The Investment Committee is currently led by Joshua Pack, Aaron Blanchette, Brian Stewart, Drew McKnight and Jack Neumark. The Adviser expects that additional investment professionals may be added to the Investment Committee over time.
The Investment Committee Memo is presented, reviewed, and deliberated by the deal team and the Investment Committee in the Investment Committee meeting, the forum in which the Investment Committee and any Fortress professional can raise questions, counter opinions, and deliberate on an investment opportunity. If the Investment Committee approves the investment opportunity, the deal team and Fortress’s business professionals will finalize documentation and issue a commitment.
Portfolio Management
The Adviser has a highly coordinated and robust asset management and portfolio monitoring process which integrates the efforts of the Investment Team and the Asset Management Team. The Asset Management Team is comprised of corporate lending employees focused on the active monitoring of existing credits and proactively identifying and managing potential risks. This affords Fortress the ability to enhance economics in the event of a workout or restructuring event, while maintaining the flexibility to step into all levels of the capital structure. Fortress believes that it has a rigorous set of processes and procedures, including frequent contact with borrowers, loan agents and other counterparties in order to ascertain a fundamental understanding of collateral value, cash flows and related risks.
The Adviser’s portfolio management process entails frequent bottom-up analysis by the Investment Team and the Asset Management Team focused on understanding collateral value, cash flows and related risks. This assessment, as well as valuation generally, incorporates both internal and external reviews by independent consultants, bankers and/or advisors. Not all of the Investment Team’s and the Asset Management Team’s employees are dedicated solely to the Adviser.
The Investment Team and the Asset Management Team will routinely conduct dialogue with borrowers, management teams and industry experts in order to obtain not only an accurate depiction of the borrower’s current financial condition but also the health and continuity of its day-to-day operations. This subsequently entails monthly and quarterly compliance tests of financial covenants and collateral performance at the investment level, in addition to a comparison to budgeted assumptions. This, along with other counterparty datapoints, allows Fortress to proactively identify issues and concerns and formulate action plans to mitigate risk if necessary.
In the event a problem arises, these monitoring efforts serve as a catalyst to mitigate risks, manage desired outcomes and enhance economics. Fortress believes that it has differentiated in-house workout and restructuring capabilities and looks to actively participate in restructuring processes in order to maximize recoveries.
Valuation Process
Following the BDC Election, each month, the Adviser will value each investment in the Company’s portfolio and, to the extent required by the Exchange Act, disclose such values in quarterly reports filed with the SEC. The Adviser, as the Board’s Valuation Designee (as defined in Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act), once appointed, will determine the fair value of such investments in good faith, based on its procedures and subject to the supervision of the Board. See “— Determination of NAV” for more information regarding the calculation of our NAV per share and how our assets will be valued.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exit
In addition to payments of principal and interest, the Adviser expects the primary methods for the Company to realize returns on its investments to include refinancings, sales of portfolio companies and in some cases initial public offerings of portfolio companies and secondary sales. While many debt investments in which the Company will invest have stated maturities of five to eight years, we expect that virtually all would be redeemed or sold prior to maturity. These debt investments generally have call protection that requires an issuer to pay a premium if the debt investment is redeemed in the early years after the initial funding.
There can be no assurance that the Company’s investment objectives will be achieved. There can be no assurance that the Company’s yield target for investments will be achieved.
Allocation of Investment Opportunities
Fortress and its affiliates, including the Adviser, provide investment management services to real estate investment trusts, investment funds, client accounts and proprietary accounts and BDCs that Fortress may establish.
Fortress will share any investment and sale opportunities with the Company and its other clients in accordance with the Advisers Act and the Allocation Policy (as defined below). Subject to the Advisers Act and as further set forth herein, certain other clients may receive certain priority or other allocation rights with respect to certain investments, subject to various conditions set forth in such other clients’ respective governing documents.
In addition, as a BDC regulated under the 1940 Act, the Company will be subject to certain limitations relating to co-investments and joint transactions with affiliates, which will likely in certain circumstances limit the Company’s ability to make investments or enter into other transactions alongside other clients.
The Company, the Adviser and certain of their affiliates have applied for an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Company, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions. There is no assurance that a Co-Investment Exemptive Order (as defined below) will be granted by the SEC.
To address potential conflicts, the Adviser has put in place an investment allocation policy (the “Allocation Policy”) that seeks to ensure fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time and address the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. In addition, pursuant to the Co-Investment Exemptive Order, each of the Company and the Adviser will adopt and implement policies and procedures (each, a “Co-Investment Policy”) reasonably designed to ensure that: (i) opportunities to participate in co-investment transactions are allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable to the Company and (ii) when negotiating the co-investment transactions that will be allocated between the Company and other funds or investment vehicles managed by or affiliated with Fortress (each a “Co-Investment Transaction”), the Adviser considers the Company’s interests. The Adviser’s Co-Investment Policy will require the Adviser to make an independent determination of the appropriateness of a Co-Investment Transaction and the proposed allocation size (and subsequent size of an order placed by the Company) based on each participant’s specific investment profile and other relevant characteristics.
Determination of NAV
The NAV per share of our outstanding Shares will be determined monthly by dividing the value of total assets of the attributable class minus liabilities of the attributable class by the total number of Shares of the attributable class outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made. Pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, we expect that our Board will designate the Adviser as its Valuation Designee, subject to the oversight of the Board.
The Company records its investments and derivatives at fair value, in accordance with GAAP. Fair value is defined under GAAP as the expected price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
The value of any investment or other asset held by the Company as of any date will be determined by the Adviser in good faith and in accordance with the principles set forth below and shall include the marked-to-market value of any hedges effected in connection with such investment, and the Adviser will determine, in its discretion, the appropriate hedge positions intended for such investment. Investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be measured by the difference between the net proceeds received (excluding prepayment fees, if any) and the amortized cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method without regard
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. The net change in unrealized gains or losses will primarily reflect the change in investment values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses with respect to investments realized during the period. 
Investments that are listed on a national securities exchange (including such investments when traded in the after-hours market) will be valued at their last sales price on the date of determination on the largest securities exchange (by trading volume in such investment) on which such investments will have traded on such date. If no such sales of such investments occurred on the date of determination, such investments will be valued at the midpoint between the “bid” and the “asked” price for long positions and at the “asked” price for short positions on the largest securities exchange (by trading volume in such investment) on which such investments are traded, on the date of determination. Investments that are not listed on an exchange but are traded over-the-counter will be valued at the representative “bid” quotations if held long and at representative “asked” quotations if held short, unless included in the NASDAQ National Market System, in which case they will be valued based upon their last sales prices (if such prices are available).
Investments that are not listed on an exchange and are not traded over-the-counter but for which external pricing or valuation sources are available will be valued in accordance with such external pricing or valuation sources; provided, however, that such valuations may be adjusted by the Adviser to account for recent trading activity or other information that may not have been reflected in pricing obtained from external sources. Privately negotiated derivative investments, such as interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and various basket indices typically shall be valued at the midpoint between the “bid” and “asked” prices by third party pricing services and/or trading counterparties, or based on proprietary pricing models used by the Adviser or independent service providers.
The value of investments that are not listed on an exchange, are not traded over-the-counter and for which no third party pricing sources are available (which may include trade claims, mortgage loans, corporate loans, consumer loans, leases, property, private securities and other receivables and assets), as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by (A) the Adviser, who, following the BDC Election, is expected to be appointed as the Board’s Valuation Designee (as defined in Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act), no less frequently than monthly and (B) by one or more independent valuation agents selected by the Adviser no less frequently than quarterly (with certain de minimis exceptions), and such valuations shall reflect any credit risk associated with such investments where deemed appropriate. When the Adviser deems it necessary or advisable, investments may be valued based on proprietary pricing models developed by the Adviser or independent valuation agents. All assets and liabilities initially will be valued in the applicable local currency and then translated into U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate on the date of determination.
The value of any cash on hand or on deposit, bills, demand notes, overnight financing transactions, receivables and payables will be deemed to be the full amount thereof; provided, however, that if such cash, bills, demand notes, overnight financing transactions, receivables and payables are unlikely, in the opinion of the Adviser, to be paid or received in full, then the value will be equal to the full amount thereof adjusted as is considered appropriate to reflect the true value thereof. 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any distribution by the Company of investments which are “marketable securities” (investments that can easily be bought, sold or traded on public exchanges) that are traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter, such marketable securities will be valued based on the average of the closing prices for such securities during the ten-trading-day period ending on the date of distribution.
If the Adviser determines that the value of any investments as determined pursuant to this section does not accurately reflect the fair market value of such investments, the Adviser shall value such investments as it reasonably determines. If the Adviser determines that any investment is so thinly traded that the Company would be unable to dispose of the Company’s position in such investment within a reasonable time frame at the market price, then the Company may apply a discount to the value of such investment in an amount that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate. The Adviser's valuation committee approves final investment valuations.
The Adviser may determine in its discretion whether any assets of the Company should be the subject of a write-down, write-off or write-up in connection with any distribution pursuant to and upon the occurrence of any event contemplated, and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Registration Statement, any such assets that have been written off or written down to a de minimis amount will not be required to be valued by an independent valuation firm.
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material.
Competition
Our primary competitors include public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies, other BDCs and private equity funds, each of which we may compete with for financing opportunities. Some of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wide variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a BDC. In addition, new competitors frequently enter the financing markets in which we operate. For more information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — We will face competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.”
Emerging Growth Company
We will be an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the date of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). Also, as we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our Shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company. We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we may rely on some or all of these exemptions.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
Human Capital
We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as applicable. Most of the services necessary for the sourcing and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by the Adviser or its affiliates. None of the Adviser’s investment professionals receive any direct compensation from the Company in connection with the management of its portfolio.
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Advisory Agreement
Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, the Company pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for the following:
managing the investment and reinvestment of our assets in accordance with our investment objectives, policies and restrictions, the 1940 Act, as applicable, the Advisers Act and all other applicable federal and state law, and our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws;
determining the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifying, evaluating and negotiating the structure of the investments made by us (including by performing due diligence on prospective investments);
executing, closing, servicing and monitoring our investments;
determining the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain or sell; and
providing us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment and reinvestment of our assets.
The Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.
Compensation of the Adviser
We pay the Adviser investment advisory fees for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement consisting of two components: a Management Fee and an Incentive Fee. The cost of both the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee will ultimately be borne by the Shareholders.
Management Fee
The Management Fee is payable at an annual rate of 1.25% of the Company’s net assets, payable quarterly in arrears, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter and adjusted for any issuances, repurchases, dividends or distributions of the Company’s shares during the relevant calendar quarter. For purposes of determining the Management Fee, the Company’s net assets means its total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
The Adviser has agreed to waive the Management Fee for (i) the period prior to the BDC Election, and (ii) the six-month period following the Initial BDC Closing (the “Initial Fee Waiver”). The Initial Fee Waiver is not subject to recoupment by the Adviser.
The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter.
Incentive Fees
We pay to the Adviser an Incentive Fee that will consist of two parts. In any given quarter, one part of the Incentive Fee may be payable while the other is not.
The first part (the “Investment Income Incentive Fee”) is calculated and payable on a quarterly basis, in arrears, and will equal 12.5% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (as defined below) for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a quarterly preferred return of 1.50% (i.e., 6.0% annualized), or “Hurdle Rate,” measured on a quarterly basis and a “catch-up” feature.
To determine whether Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income is expressed as a rate on the average daily hurdle calculation value. The average daily hurdle calculation value, on any given day, equals:
the Company’s net assets as of the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the applicable day; plus
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the aggregate amount of capital invested (including reinvested) from investors from the beginning of the current quarter to the applicable day; minus
the aggregate amount of distributions (including share repurchases) made by the Company from the beginning of the current quarter to the applicable day (but only to the extent distributions were not declared and accounted for on the Company’s books and records in a previous calendar quarter).
We will pay the Adviser an Investment Income Incentive Fee in each calendar quarter as follows:
No Investment Income Incentive Fee will be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate for such calendar quarter;
100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 1.715% for that calendar quarter will be payable to the Adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the “catch-up”; and
12.5% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.715% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser.
“Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash and any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, consulting or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter minus the Company’s operating expenses accrued during the calendar quarter (including the Management Fee, administrative expenses and any interest expense and dividends paid on issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the Incentive Fee). In addition, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received, or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash, including original issuance discount, payment-in-kind and zero coupon investments.
Because of the structure of the Investment Income Incentive Fee, it is possible that we may pay an Investment Income Incentive Fee in a calendar quarter in which we incur a loss. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the Hurdle Rate, we will pay the applicable Investment Income Incentive Fee even if we have incurred a loss in that calendar quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. In addition, because the calculations used to determine whether the Hurdle Rate has been exceeded is calculated based on our net assets, decreases in our net assets due to realized or unrealized capital losses may increase the likelihood that the Hurdle Rate is reached and therefore the likelihood of us paying an Incentive Fee in a given calendar quarter. In addition, if market interest rates rise, we may be able to invest our funds in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and make it easier for the Adviser to surpass the fixed Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of our net assets used to calculate the Management Fee because net assets are total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

The second part of the Incentive Fee (the “Capital Gains Incentive Fee”) is an annual fee that will be determined and payable, in arrears, as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement) in an amount equal to 12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains, if any, determined on a cumulative basis from the commencement of the Company’s investment operations (based on the fair market value of each investment as of such date) through the end of such calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement), computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from the commencement of the Company’s investment operations (based on the fair market value of each investment as of such date) through the end of such calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gains Incentive Fees.
We accrue, but will not pay, a Capital Gains Incentive Fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a Capital Gains Incentive Fee would be owed to the Adviser if we were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain.
The fees that are payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted for any issuances or repurchases of the Company’s Shares during the calendar quarter (based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter) and except as described above, exclude capital gains, realized loss and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
Term
Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement is effective for a period of two years from the date it first became effective, and remains in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the holders of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares of the Company (as defined below) and, in each case, following the BDC Election, by a majority of the Independent Trustees.
The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related SEC guidance and interpretations in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act). In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of penalty, we may terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice or by vote of the Company’s Trustees or the Adviser. In addition, following the BDC Election, the decision to terminate the agreement may be made by a majority of the Board or the Shareholders holding a Majority of the Outstanding Shares. “Majority of the Outstanding Shares” means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the outstanding Shares of the Company present at a Shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Shares are present or represented by proxy or (2) a majority of outstanding Shares of the Company. In addition, without payment of penalty, the Adviser may generally terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
The Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any Affiliated Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, including the Administrator (each, an “Indemnitee”) will not be liable to us for any action taken or not taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services.
We will indemnify each Indemnitee against any liabilities in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser to the Company. We may pay the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates, trustees, officers, members, employees, agents or representatives may be protected against any liability to us or our investors to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of its office.
Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement
Our sole Trustee has approved, and the Board when constituted, including our Independent Trustees, will be asked to ratify our Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with applicable 1940 Act requirements, including any SEC exemptive relief, no-action or other guidance issued by the staff of the SEC. The Board will be provided with information it requires to consider the Investment Advisory Agreement, including: (a) the nature, extent and quality of the advisory and other services that the Adviser will provide to us, including information about the services
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by any other BDCs and other accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to any BDCs and other accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income or other benefits to the Adviser or its affiliates from its relationship with us; (e) the financial condition of the Adviser and its affiliates and the estimated profitability of the Investment Advisory Agreement to the Adviser; and (f) any economies of scale arising from the relationship with the Adviser that are, or should be shared with Shareholders. In addition, investors who committed capital to the Company prior to the BDC Election, in connection with the completion of their initial subscription agreements, approved our Investment Advisory Agreement.
Administration Agreement
Under the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator performs (or oversees, or arranges for, the performance of) administrative services, which include providing office facilities, equipment, clerical, accounting, bookkeeping and record keeping services; conducting relations with sub-administrators, custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other shareholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable; making reports to the Board of its performance of services; and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Company as it shall determine to be desirable; maintaining financial, accounting and other records of the Company; preparing reports to Shareholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC or any other regulatory authority; managing the payment of expenses; providing significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance; assisting us in determining and publishing (as necessary or appropriate) our NAV; providing assistance in accounting, legal, compliance, operations, asset management, technology and investor relations; overseeing the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered by others, which could include employees of the Adviser or its affiliates. We will reimburse the Administrator (and/or one or more of its affiliates) for services performed for us pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, the Administrator may delegate certain of its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate and/or to a third party and we will reimburse the Administrator (or relevant affiliate(s)) for any services performed for us by such affiliate or third party. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator.
Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company and, in each case, following the BDC Election, by a majority of the Independent Trustees. We, and the Administrator, may terminate the Administration Agreement, without payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administration Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any Affiliated Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Administrator, including the Adviser, are entitled to indemnification from us from and against any claims or liabilities, liabilities in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as an administrator to the Company, except where attributable to willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such person’s duties or reckless disregard of such person’s obligations and duties under the Administration Agreement.
Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement
Except as specifically provided below, we anticipate that all investment professionals and staff of the Adviser (or its affiliates), when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services for us, and the base compensation, bonus and benefits, and the routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions including those relating to:
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

organization expenses of the Company;
calculating the NAV of the Company, including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firms or services;
fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser and payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in monitoring the Company’s investments, performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, and if necessary, in respect of enforcing the Company’s rights with respect to investments in existing portfolio companies, or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments, which fees and expenses include, among other items, due diligence reports, appraisal reports, research and market data services (including an allocable portion of any research or other service that may be deemed to be bundled for the benefit of the Company), any studies commissioned by the Adviser and travel and lodging expenses;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred by the Company to finance its investments, debt service and all other costs of borrowings or other financing arrangements (including fees and other expenses), and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;
offerings of Shares and other securities of the Company;
Management Fees and Incentive Fees;
administration fees and expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any sub-administration agreements;
any expense reimbursements;
fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments in portfolio companies, including costs associated with meeting financial sponsors;
fees incurred by the Company for escrow agent, transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
U.S. federal and state registration and franchise fees;
all costs of registration and listing of the Company’s securities on any securities exchange, if any;
fees payable to rating agencies;
U.S. federal, state and local taxes, non-U.S. taxes, and related costs and expenses, including costs of tax return preparation and other compliance costs, and costs incurred in connection with any audit or other inquiry, tax litigation or any other contests;
Independent Trustees’ fees and expenses;
expenses related to meetings of the Board;
costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to Shareholders, including printing and mailing costs;
costs associated with individual or group Shareholders, including the costs of any Shareholder meetings and the compensation of investor relations personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters;
costs of preparing financial statements and maintaining books and records;
costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission and other regulatory bodies, and other reporting and compliance costs, and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing;
costs associated with compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Company’s allocable portion of any fidelity bond, trustees’ and officers’ errors and omissions liability insurance policies, and any other insurance premiums;
direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, cellular phone and data service, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs;
proxy voting expenses;
costs of effecting sales and any repurchases of the Shares and other securities of the Company;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events), design and website expenses;
allocable out-of-pocket costs incurred in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
commissions and other compensation payable to brokers or dealers;
costs of information technology and related costs, including costs related to software, hardware and other technological systems (including specialty and custom software);
the Company’s allocable portion of costs and expenses of information systems, software and hardware utilized by the Company in connection with asset management services (e.g., providing portfolio collection functions, maintaining financial, accounting and other records for the Company, monitoring of covenant compliance by borrowers and tracking and enforcing payment obligations of such borrowers);
extraordinary expenses, including litigation;
indemnification payments;
costs incurred in connection with any claim, litigation, arbitration, mediation, government investigation or dispute in connection with the business of the Company and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;
extraordinary expenses or liabilities incurred by the Company outside of the ordinary course of its business;
costs of derivatives and hedging;
certain costs and expenses relating to distributions paid on the Shares;
all fees, costs and expenses, if any, incurred by or on behalf of the Company in developing, negotiating and structuring prospective or potential investments that are not ultimately made, including any reverse termination fees and any liquidated damages, commitment fees that become payable in connection with any proposed investment that is not ultimately made, forfeited deposits or similar payments, including expenses relating to unconsummated investments that may have been attributable to co-investors had such investments been consummated;
costs and expenses (including travel) in connection with the diligence and oversight of the Company’s service providers;
fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets;
costs associated with technology integration between the Company’s systems and those of the Company’s participating intermediaries;
all travel and related expenses of the Company’s and Adviser’s trustees, officers, managers, agents and employees incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board or Shareholders or performing other business activities that relate to the Company;
dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Company is a member;
costs associated with events and trainings of the Board (including travel);
costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes; and
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

all other expenses incurred by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement, including rent, and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer and their respective staffs. That overhead may include rent and the allocable portion of the costs of the compensation, benefits and related administrative expenses (including travel expenses) of the Company’s officers who provide operational and administrative services under the Administration Agreement, and their respective staffs and other professionals who provide services to the Company (including, in each case, employees of the Administrator or an affiliate) who assist with the preparation, coordination, and administration of the foregoing or provide other “back office” or “middle office” financial, compliance, accounting, asset management, tax, legal, treasury or other operational services to the Company. For clarity, any non-commercial aircraft travel paid for by the Company shall only be up to an amount comparable to business class rates.
To the extent that operational, accounting and information technology services, software, asset management, legal or other assets utilized by the Adviser or the Administrator to provide such services are used by the Company and one or more Fortress Managed Accounts, the Company will bear its respective allocable share of the cost (taking into account salaries, bonuses and fringe benefits) of such services, software or other assets, such allocations to be based on the time which the applicable employees providing such accounting, operational and information technology services devote, on an estimated basis, to the Company and the other Fortress Managed Accounts to which such accounting, operational and information technology services are being provided.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in circumstances where the Adviser or the Administrator reasonably believes that an allocation of such expenses or the amount allocated to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts pursuant to the above procedures would produce an inequitable result to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts, the Adviser may allocate such expenses in a fair and equitable manner. Such allocations will be subject to review and approval by the Board on a periodic basis.
In addition, to the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Company shall pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator.
Amended and Restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
We entered into an amended and restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement dated as of June 3, 2025 (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser may elect to pay certain of our expenses on our behalf (“Expense Payments”), provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser commits to pay will be required to be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment is made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates. 
Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to our Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (the amount of such excess referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), we will pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by us under the Expense Support Agreement are referred to as a “Reimbursement Payment.” “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) our net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term capital losses), (ii) our net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to us on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter will equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to us within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by us to the Adviser; provided that the Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, in which case such waived amount will remain unreimbursed Expense Payments reimbursable in future quarters pursuant to the terms of the Expense Support Agreement.
Our obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment will automatically become a liability on the last business day of the applicable calendar quarter, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the applicable quarter. The Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter will be paid by us to the Adviser in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds as promptly as possible following such calendar quarter and in no event later than forty-five days after the end of such calendar quarter.
Either we or the Adviser may terminate the Expense Support Agreement at any time, with or without notice, without the payment of any penalty, provided that any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by us to the Adviser will remain our obligation following any such termination, subject to the terms of the Expense Support Agreement.
License Agreement
We expect to enter into a license agreement (the “License Agreement”) with Fortress or its affiliate (and any other relevant entities), pursuant to which we will be granted a non-exclusive license to use the name “Fortress.” Under the License Agreement, we will have a right to use the Fortress name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Fortress” name or logo.
The Offering
Prior to the BDC Election, we are conducting our investment activities and operations in reliance on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. As a private fund, we may, at our sole discretion, hold closings from time to time, to investors who are (i) “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act, in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and (ii) prior to the BDC Election only, “qualified purchasers” as defined under the 1940 Act. At each such closing, each investor will make a capital commitment to purchase Shares pursuant to a Subscription Agreement entered into with the Company. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase Shares up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitment on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a drawdown notice. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had received capital commitments totaling approximately $638 million, all of which remains undrawn, of which $50,000 was from an affiliate of the Adviser.
We will hold the initial closing following the BDC Election on such date as determined by the Adviser, in its sole discretion. Following the BDC Election, the Company intends to commence holding closings on a monthly basis, in connection with which we will issue Shares at a per Share price equal to NAV per Share to investors that fully fund their investment on the date their subscription agreement is accepted by the Company. In addition, following the BDC Election, we may continue to allow certain investors to fund their investment in the Company over time through drawdowns of their capital commitments in lieu of fully funding their investment on the date their subscription agreement is accepted by the Company. With respect to unfunded capital commitments, we will draw down on such commitments over time, on an as-needed basis by delivering a drawdown notice to each investor. All purchases of Shares pursuant to the capital commitments will generally be made pro rata in accordance with remaining capital commitments of all investors at a per Share price equal to NAV per Share.
The Offering will be made pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to investors who are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
We are initially offering one class of our common shares of beneficial interest–the Class I Shares–and may offer additional classes of our Shares in the future. We and the Adviser intend to apply for exemptive relief from the SEC that, if granted, will permit us to issue multiple classes of our Shares with varying sales loads, contingent deferred sales charges, and/or asset-based service and/or distribution fees, the details for which will be finalized at a later date in our discretion. The SEC has not yet granted the Multi-Class Exemptive Relief, and there is no assurance that the relief will be granted.
The Company reserves the right to conduct additional offerings of securities in the future in addition to the Offering. In addition, although the Company intends to issue Shares on a monthly basis, the Company retains the right, if determined by it in its sole discretion, to accept subscriptions and issue Shares, in amounts to be determined by the Company, more or less frequently to one or more investors for regulatory, tax or other reasons. Placement activities will be conducted by our, and the Adviser’s, officers. We may, from time to time, engage placement or distribution agents and incur placement or distribution fees or sales commissions in connection with the Offering, including in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. The cost of any such placement or distribution fees could
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be borne directly or indirectly by an investor, by us or by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof. We will not incur any such fees or commissions if the net proceeds received upon a sale of Shares after such costs would be less than the NAV per share of such Shares.
In connection with our Offering, we have entered into a revolving credit facility (as may be further amended, the “Subscription Facility”) secured by the unfunded capital commitments of certain investors (the “Seed Investors”). We do not expect to utilize the Subscription Facility following the BDC Election, but do expect to enter into additional credit facility arrangements.
Distribution Reinvestment Plan
The Company intends to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of dividends and other distributions on behalf of Shareholders, unless a Shareholder elects to receive cash distributions. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash dividend or other distribution, then the Shareholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional Shares of the applicable class, rather than receiving the cash distribution.
No action will be required on the part of registered Shareholders to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in our Shares. A registered Shareholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying the Company or SS&C GIDS, Inc., the plan administrator, who acts as the Company’s transfer agent, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to Shareholders. Those Shareholders whose Shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends and other distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.
The Company will use newly-issued Shares of the attributable class to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, with such Shares to be issued at the applicable NAV. The number of Shares to be issued to a Shareholder will be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such Shareholder by the then-current NAV per Share of the attributable class (subject to adjustment to the extent required by Section 23 of the 1940 Act). The number of Shares to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of a distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional Shares will be issued has been determined and the elections of Shareholders have been tabulated. There will be no brokerage or other charges to Shareholders who participate in the plan. The dividend reinvestment plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by the Company.
Shareholders who receive distributions in the form of Shares are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as Shareholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. Since a participating Shareholder’s cash distributions will be reinvested, however, such Shareholder will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested distributions. A Shareholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of Shares received in a distribution from the Company will generally be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to the Shareholder. Any Shares received in a distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. Shareholder’s account.
Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the Company or the plan administrator at SS&C GIDS, Inc. The plan may be terminated by the Company upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or other distribution by the Company. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator at SS&C GIDS, Inc.
Share Repurchase Program
We do not intend to list our Shares on a securities exchange and we do not expect there to be a public market for our Shares. As a result, if you purchase our Shares, your ability to sell your Shares will be limited.
At the discretion of the Board and beginning no later than 12 months following the date on which the Company makes the BDC Election, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to offer to repurchase up to 5% of our Shares outstanding (either by number of Shares or aggregate NAV) in each quarter. Our Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our Shareholders. As a result, Share repurchases may not be available each quarter, or at all. We will conduct any such repurchase offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act, with the terms of such tender offer published in a tender offer statement to be sent to all Shareholders and filed with the SEC on Schedule TO.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will have no obligation to repurchase Shares, including if the repurchase would violate the restrictions on distributions under federal law or Delaware law. The limitations and restrictions described above may prevent us from accommodating all repurchase requests made in any quarter. Our share repurchase program has many limitations, including the limitations described above, and should not in any way be viewed as the equivalent of a secondary market.
There is no assurance that the Board will exercise its discretion to offer to repurchase Shares or that there will be sufficient funds available to accommodate all of our Shareholders’ requests for repurchase. As a result, we may repurchase less than the full amount of Shares that you request to have repurchased. If we do not repurchase the full amount of your Shares that you have requested to be repurchased, or we determine not to make repurchases of our Shares, you will likely not be able to dispose of your Shares, even if we under-perform. Any periodic repurchase offers will be subject in part to our available cash and compliance with the RIC qualification and diversification rules and the 1940 Act.
We may fund repurchase requests from sources other than cash flow from operations, including, without limitation, the sale of assets, borrowings, return of capital or offering proceeds, and we have no limits on the amounts we may pay from such sources. Should making repurchase offers, in our good faith judgment, place an undue burden on our liquidity, adversely affect our operations or risk having an adverse impact on the Company as a whole, or should we otherwise determine that investing our liquid assets in self-originated loans or other illiquid investments rather than repurchasing our Shares is in the best interests of the Company and its Shareholders as a whole, then we may choose to offer to repurchase fewer shares than described above, or none at all.
Payment for repurchased Shares may require us to liquidate portfolio holdings earlier than the Adviser would otherwise have caused these holdings to be liquidated, potentially resulting in losses, and may increase our investment-related expenses as a result of higher portfolio turnover rates.
Perpetual Life BDC
The Company intends to operate as a perpetual-life BDC, which is a BDC whose shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market. The term “perpetual-life BDC” is used to describe an investment vehicle of indefinite duration that does not intend to complete a Liquidity Event (as defined below) within any specific time period, if at all, and whose shares are intended to be sold by the BDC on a continuous monthly basis at a price equal to the BDC’s per share NAV.
In this perpetual-life structure, subject to approval by the Board, the Company may offer Shareholders an opportunity to repurchase their Shares on a quarterly basis at NAV, but the Company is not obligated to offer to repurchase any Shares in any particular quarter. See “— Share Repurchase Program.” Aside from the potential for limited liquidity offered by quarterly Share repurchases, Shareholders generally should not expect to be able to sell their Shares regardless of how well the Company performs.
The Company believes that its perpetual nature will enable it to execute a patient and opportunistic strategy and invest across different market environments. This may reduce the risk of the Company being a forced seller of assets in market downturns as compared to non-perpetual funds. While the Company may consider a Liquidity Event at any time in the future, it currently does not intend to undertake a Liquidity Event, including, without limitation, an IPO (as defined below) or Exchange Listing (as defined below), and is not obligated by its Declaration of Trust or Bylaws, or otherwise, to effect a Liquidity Event at any time.
The Adviser, subject to the oversight of the Board, will monitor prevailing market conditions and the Company’s portfolio composition, and may determine to recommend to the Board that the Company conduct a “Liquidity Event,” which may include (i) an initial public offering (“IPO”) or other listing of its Shares on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”), (ii) a Sale Transaction (as defined below) or (iii) an orderly wind down and/or liquidation of the Company’s assets. A “Sale Transaction” means (a) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, or other Liquidity Event with, another entity or (b) a transaction or series of transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, or sale of stock in each case for consideration of either cash and/or publicly listed securities of the acquirer. A Sale Transaction also may include a sale, merger or other transaction with one or more affiliated investment companies managed by the Adviser.
Certain Sale Transactions with affiliated parties may be predicated upon the Company receiving exemptive relief from the SEC. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company is under no obligation to commence or consummate a Liquidity Event.
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Leverage
The Company may from time to time employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event, following the BDC Election, will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act. We expect to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, and the issuance of debt securities. In connection with the BDC Election, we expect that our initial Shareholders will approve a proposal to permit us to reduce our asset coverage from 200% to 150%, which means for every $100 of net assets the Company holds, the Company may raise $200 from borrowing and issuing senior securities (including debt and preferred shares). Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Company.
In addition, following the BDC Election, we intend to qualify as a “limited derivatives user” as defined in Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, meaning the Company will limit its derivatives exposure to 10% of its net assets at any time, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions. The Company may, but is not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange, and/or other derivative arrangements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit and/or other risks. These hedging activities will be subject to the applicable legal and regulatory compliance requirements and the Company does not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. The Company will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy the Company employs will be successful.
Regulation
The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.
We will elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to certain transactions between BDCs and certain affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and certain affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. Among other things, we generally cannot co-invest in any portfolio company in which a fund managed by Fortress or any of its downstream affiliates (other than us and our downstream affiliates) is also co-investing. The Company, the Adviser and certain of their affiliates have applied for an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Company, among other things, to co-invest with certain other persons, including certain affiliates of the Adviser and certain funds managed and controlled by the Adviser and its affiliates, subject to certain terms and conditions (the “Co-Investment Exemptive Order”). Once the Co-Investment Exemptive Order has been granted, co-investments made under the Co-Investment Exemptive Order will be subject to compliance with certain conditions and other requirements, which could limit our ability to participate in a co-investment transaction. We may also otherwise co-invest with funds managed by Fortress or any of its downstream affiliates, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and the Adviser’s Allocation Policy. See “— Allocation of Investment Opportunities” for more information.
The 1940 Act also requires that a majority of our Trustees be Independent Trustees.
Under the 1940 Act, we are not generally able to issue and sell our Shares at a price below NAV per share. We may, however, sell our Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our Shares, at a price below the current NAV per share of our Shares if we comply with the provisions of Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act, including the requirements that our Board determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders and our Shareholders approve such sale.
In accordance with the 1940 Act, a BDC generally is allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, is at least 200% (or 150% if certain requirements under the 1940 Act are met) immediately after such borrowing. As such, we may borrow amounts or issue debt securities or preferred shares, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” such that our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% (or 150% if certain requirements under the 1940 Act are met) immediately after such borrowing. We expect that our initial Shareholders will approve a proposal to permit us to reduce our asset coverage from 200% to 150%, in which case we will be able to borrow up to two dollars for every dollar we have in assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities issued by us. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.”
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, for federal income tax purposes, the Company intends to make the RIC Election effective on the day of the BDC Election (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, determined in the Company’s discretion), and intends to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with its taxable year that begins on the RIC Election Date. Following the RIC Election Date, we generally intend to distribute, out of our assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of our available earnings, on a monthly basis, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
We intend to qualify as a “limited derivatives user” as defined in Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, meaning the Company will limit its derivatives exposure to 10% of its net assets at any time, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions. The Company may, but is not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange, and/or other derivative arrangements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit and/or other risks. These hedging activities will be subject to the applicable legal and regulatory compliance requirements and the Company does not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. The Company will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy the Company employs will be successful.
Qualifying Assets
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:
(i)
Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
(a)
is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
(b)
is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
(c)
satisfies any of the following:
(1)
does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;
(2)
has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;
(3)
is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a trustee of the eligible portfolio company; or
(4)
is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.
(ii)
Securities of any eligible portfolio company controlled by us.
(iii)
Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
(iv)
Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(v)
Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (i) through (iv) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(vi)
Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.
In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above.
Control, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company, but may exist in other circumstances based on the facts and circumstances.
The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions.
Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies
A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Therefore, the Company will offer, and will be required to provide upon request, managerial assistance to its portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of the Company’s portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator will provide, or arrange for the provision of, such managerial assistance on the Company’s behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. The Company may receive fees for these services and reimburse the Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator, as applicable, for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review and approval by the Board, including the Independent Trustees.
Temporary Investments
Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments could consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets would be qualifying assets. We may invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes will typically require us, following the BDC Election, to limit the amounts we invest with any one counterparty. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we may enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
Senior Securities; Asset Coverage Ratio
As a BDC, we will generally be permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of shares of beneficial interest senior to the Shares if its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, would at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. However, a BDC may increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. Our initial Shareholders are expected to approve a proposal that will allow us to reduce our asset coverage ratio to 150% and, in connection with their Subscription Agreements, our investors will be required to acknowledge our ability to operate with an asset coverage ratio that may be as low as 150%. If the Company’s asset
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

coverage ratio falls below 150%, the Company’s ability to make distributions to Shareholders may be significantly restricted or the Company may not be able to make any such distributions at all. The actual amount of leverage employed by the Company will depend on market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing or issuance of debt or preferred shares.
In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we would be required to make provisions to prohibit any dividend distribution to our Shareholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless it meets the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. We would also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities.
Warrants
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares of capital stock that it may have outstanding at any time. Under the 1940 Act, following the BDC Election, we will generally only be able to offer warrants provided that (i) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (ii) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (iii) Shareholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and the Board approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in our and the Shareholder’s best interests and (iv) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed.
Code of Ethics
We and the Adviser will each adopt a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements.
Code of Conduct
As a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to engage in certain related-party transactions. We will adopt procedures for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions that involve us and certain of our related persons. For example, we will adopt a code of conduct that generally prohibits our executive officers or Trustees from engaging in any transaction where there is a conflict between such individual’s personal interest and the interests of the Company. Waivers to the code of conduct can generally only be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer, who may consult, as appropriate, with the chairperson of the nominating and governance committee (the “Nominating and Governance Committee”, the chairperson of the audit committee of the Company (the “Audit Committee”), counsel to the Company, the Adviser or the Independent Trustees. Any waivers are publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations. In addition, the Audit Committee will be required to review and approve all related-party transactions (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K).
Affiliated Transactions
The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters without prior approval of the trustees who are not “interested persons” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company, and in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. We expect the SEC to grant, and the Company to rely on, the Co-Investment Exemptive Order. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally expect to be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates pursuant to the conditions of the Co-Investment Exemptive Order, including that the participants in such co-investment transaction acquire or dispose of the same class of securities, at the same time, for the same price and with the same conversion, financial reporting and registration rights, and with substantially the same other terms. In certain cases where a Fortress Managed Account has a pre-existing investment in an issuer in which the Company and the Fortress Managed Accounts will co-invest, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our Independent Trustees will be required to take steps set forth in Section 57(f) of the 1940 Act, including approving the transaction on the basis that, in relevant part
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(i) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid or received, are reasonable and fair to the Shareholders of the Company and do not involve overreaching of the Company or its Shareholders on the part of any person concerned; (ii) the proposed transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s Shareholders and the Company’s policy as recited in filings made by the Company with the SEC and the Company’s reports to Shareholders; and (iii) the Company’s trustees record in their minutes and preserve in their records a description of the transaction, their findings, the information or materials upon which their findings were based, and the basis for their findings. The Allocation Policy and the Co-Investment Policy of each of the Company and the Adviser incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of other Fortress Managed Accounts that could avail themselves of the requested exemptive relief.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We will delegate our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The expected proxy voting policies and procedures of the Adviser are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our Independent Trustees, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these proxy voting policies and procedures described below, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to the Adviser.
As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, the Adviser recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of its clients.
These policies and procedures for voting proxies for the Adviser’s investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.
The Adviser intends to will vote proxies relating to its clients’ securities in the best interest of our clients.
Other
We intend to adopt an investment policy that complies with the requirements applicable to us as a BDC. As a BDC, we expect to be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the Exchange Act.
We will also be required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we will be prohibited from protecting any Trustee or officer against any liability to our Shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
We will also be required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.
We will not be permitted to change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election (once made) as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of:
(i)
67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or
(ii)
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.
None of our investment policies will be fundamental, and thus may be changed without Shareholder approval.
As a BDC, we will generally not be able to issue and sell Shares at a price below NAV per share. We may, however, issue and sell Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Shares, at a price below the then-current NAV of Shares if (1) the Board determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and (2) our Shareholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of the Board, closely approximates the market value of such securities.
We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter”
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate or currency fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances.
As a BDC, we also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company, or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, if any, it should be noted that such investments might subject Shareholders to additional expenses as they will be indirectly responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies.
In addition, as a BDC, the 1940 Act contains certain restrictions on certain types of investments the Company may make. Specifically, the Company will only be able to invest up to 30% of its portfolio in entities that are not considered “eligible portfolio companies” (as defined in the 1940 Act), including companies located outside of the United States, entities that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions under the 1940 Act, and publicly traded entities whose public equity market capitalization exceeds the levels provided for under the 1940 Act.
Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements will affect us. For example:
pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our President and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports will be required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management will be required to prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting after we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for a specified period of time and, starting from the date on which we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, must obtain an audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting performed by our independent registered public accounting firm should we become an accelerated filer; and
pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, beginning with our fiscal year ended December 31, 2026, our periodic reports will be required to disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.
Foreign Ownership
Given that Fortress and the Company qualify as “Foreign Persons” for purposes of CFIUS under the Defense Production Act of 1950 (as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof, the “DPA” (and, together with CFIUS laws, rules, regulations, directives and special measures, and any applicable agreements thereunder, the “CFIUS Regulations”)), certain investments made by the Company may be subject to review under CFIUS Regulations.
The Company may be restricted or prohibited by CFIUS Regulations from making certain investments in U.S. businesses or disposing of certain investments in U.S. businesses based on national security concerns. If the Company is permitted to make such investments, the CFIUS Regulations may place restrictions, obligations or
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

conditions on these investments. Furthermore, other U.S. regulatory bodies may also impose ownership, governance and/or control restrictions on investments by non-U.S. persons, resulting in limitations on the structure through which investments may be held. It is expected that investors that are Foreign Persons (including Foreign Persons that are Fortress Affiliates (including, for this purpose, the indirect owner(s) of Fortress, and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such indirect owner(s) that is not also controlled by Fortress)) will be restricted from (among other things) accessing, or having governance rights that allow influence over the safekeeping or release of, personally identifiable information (PII), protected health information (PHI) or other similar information in respect of the Company’s investments in the possession of Fortress (or otherwise), or from controlling the Company’s investments, in each case, as determined by Fortress in its discretion and in a manner consistent with its obligations under the letter and spirit of the CFIUS Regulations. The Adviser and our Board will be authorized, without the consent of any person, including any shareholder, to take such action as it reasonably determines to be necessary or advisable to comply with or reduce risk arising under the CFIUS Regulations.
Additionally, other countries have implemented (or are in the process of implementing) similar “foreign ownership” regulations that may require governmental approval prior to an investment by the Company, limit the amount of investment by the Company in a particular company, asset or sector or restrict investment by the Company to a specific class of securities of a company that have less advantageous terms than the classes available for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may also require Fortress or the Adviser to obtain additional information from its shareholders or investors in connection with a particular investment. If such information is not obtained or provided, the Company may not be able to complete an investment, may be required to dispose of an investment or may be subject to other adverse consequences as a result.
Any or all of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and there can be no assurance that Fortress will be able to (i) obtain all regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS that may be required by or warranted pursuant to CFIUS Regulations or otherwise that it does not yet have or that it may require in the future, (ii) obtain any necessary modifications to existing regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS, or (iii) maintain required regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS. Regulatory impacts on the Company or a delay in obtaining or failure to obtain any regulatory approvals required by the CFIUS Regulations or otherwise, or amendments thereto, or delay or failure to satisfy any regulatory conditions or other applicable requirements could result in an adverse effect on the Company and require attention and resources of Fortress and its executive officers that might otherwise be devoted to the Company.
Consequences of RIC Election and Related Structuring
The Company expects to elect to be classified as a corporation (the “CTB Election”) effective on the date of the BDC Election, and for the RIC Election to be effective for the Company’s first taxable year as a corporation, or, in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, as determined in the Company’s discretion. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the RIC Election and the CTB Election (together, the “Reorganization”) are intended to result in the classification of the Company as a RIC in a tax-efficient manner. It may not be possible, however, to effect the Reorganization on a tax-free basis such that no gain or loss is recognized by Shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Reorganization were unable to be effected on a tax-free basis, the Company may proceed with the Reorganization as a taxable transaction or may consider other alternatives. In addition, if a Reorganization is effected on a tax-free basis, Fortress intends to cause the Company to make a “deemed sale election” under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.337(d)-7 with respect to the Reorganization, which would result in gain to Shareholders that hold Shares prior to the RIC Election which are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC) to the extent of their allocable share of the Company’s built-in gain. Shareholders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult with tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an election. Following the RIC Election, if applicable, Fortress intends to cause Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC to distribute 100% of its equity in the Company in liquidation thereof, and thereafter such Shareholders would hold Shares in the Company in a direct manner. Such distribution is intended not to result in incremental U.S. tax leakage to Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC or such Shareholders.
Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company
We intend to make the RIC Election effective on the day of the BDC Election (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, determined in the Company’s discretion) and to qualify each year thereafter as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that we distribute to the Shareholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax benefits, we must distribute to our Shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).
If we:
qualify as a RIC; and
satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement,
then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to Shareholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our Shareholders.
We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). The Company may be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which our distributions do not meet the foregoing Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:
qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the (i) securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, (ii) securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).
We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our Shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received the corresponding cash amount.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds, to sell assets and to make taxable distributions of our stock and debt securities in order to satisfy distribution requirements. Our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (i) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (ii) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.
Under the 1940 Act, so long as we are a BDC, we will not be permitted to make distributions to our Shareholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we are prohibited from making distributions, we may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.
Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited); (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur; (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions; and produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test described above. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax decisions in order to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions.
A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long- term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, we may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our Shareholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, a Shareholder may receive a larger capital gain distribution than it would have received in the absence of such transactions.
Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the United States does not have a tax treaty can be as high as 35% or more. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle us to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of our assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. We do not anticipate being eligible for the special election that allows a RIC to treat foreign income taxes paid by such RIC as paid by its stockholders.
If we purchase shares in a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our Shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, or a “QEF,” in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to us. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent we do not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax.
Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by us in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions that generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and character of distributions to our Shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to our investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future U.S. Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of “qualifying income” from which a RIC must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income.
Tax Consequences of Company’s Treatment as a Corporation for a Period Prior to the RIC Election Date; Failure to Qualify as a RIC after the RIC Election Date
While we intend to make the RIC Election effective on or as soon as practicable following the date of the BDC Election, there may be a period during which we do not qualify as a RIC. We intend to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes prior to our RIC Election. To the extent that we are a corporation for U.S. tax purposes and do not qualify as a RIC, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such income. We would not be able to deduct distributions to Shareholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our Shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate Shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate Shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to qualify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, we would be required to distribute all of our previously undistributed earnings and profits attributable to any period prior to our becoming a RIC for which we are a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes by the end of the first year that we intend to qualify as a RIC. To the extent that we have any net built-in gains allocable to a corporate beneficial owner (including ourselves if we are treated as a corporation prior to the RIC Election Date) in our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) as of the beginning of the first year that we qualify as a RIC, we would be subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such built-in gains if and when recognized over the next five years. Alternatively, we may elect to recognize such built-in gains immediately prior to our qualification as a RIC. Similarly, if we have previously qualified as a RIC, but were subsequently unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain relief provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income (including our net capital gains) at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to Shareholders, nor would they be required to be made. If we fail to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years and then seek to requalify as a RIC, we may be required to pay corporate-level tax on the unrealized appreciation recognized during the succeeding five-year period unless we make a special election to recognize gain to the extent of any unrealized appreciation in our assets at the time of requalification.
Our qualification and taxation as a RIC depends upon our ability to satisfy on a continuing basis, through actual, annual operating results, distribution, income and asset, and other requirements imposed under the Code. However, no assurance can be given that we will be able to meet the complex and varied tests required to qualify as a RIC or to avoid corporate level tax. In addition, because the relevant laws may change, compliance with one or more of the RIC requirements may be impossible or impracticable. Although we expect to operate in a manner so as to qualify continuously as a RIC following the RIC Election Date, we or our investment adviser may decide in the future that we should be taxed as a C corporation, even if we would otherwise qualify as a RIC, if we determine that treatment as a C corporation for a particular year would be in our best interest.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 1A.
Risk Factors
Investing in our Shares involves a number of significant risks. The following information is a discussion of material risk factors associated with an investment in our Shares specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, or capital structure similar to ours. In addition to the other information contained in this Registration Statement, you should consider carefully the following information before making an investment in our Shares. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such cases, the NAV of our Shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Structure
We have a limited operating history.
We are a closed-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust that intends to elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We have a limited operating history. As a result, prospective investors have a limited track record or history on which to base their investment decision. We are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objectives and the value of a Shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless. Further, the Adviser has not previously offered a privately offered BDC. While we believe that the past professional experiences of the Adviser’s investment team, including investment and financial experience of the Adviser’s senior management, will increase the likelihood that the Adviser will be able to manage us successfully, there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
Our Board may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or Shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse to our results of operations and financial condition.
Our Board will have the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies, which authority may be exercised without prior notice and without Shareholder approval unless otherwise required by applicable law. However, once we elect to be regulated as a BDC, absent Shareholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, NAV, operating results and value of our Shares. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay you distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, we will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds from our continuous offering and may use the net proceeds from our continuous offering in ways with which our investors may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated in this Registration Statement.
We will be a privately placed BDC and our Shareholders may not be able to transfer or otherwise dispose of our Shares at desired times or prices, or at all.
Upon the BDC Election, we will be a privately placed BDC. Our Shares may generally only be transferred (i) with the consent of the Company, which may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Adviser, or (ii) as required because of lending arrangements. Additionally, our Shares will not be listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market. There is no guarantee that a public market for our Shares will ever develop.
At the discretion of the Board and beginning no later than 12 months following the date on which the Company makes the BDC Election, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to offer to repurchase up to 5% of our Shares outstanding (either by number of Shares or aggregate NAV) in each quarter. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our Shareholders. As a result, share repurchases may not be available each quarter, or at all.
We may have difficulty sourcing investment opportunities.
We have not identified all of the potential investments for our portfolio. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all of our available capital successfully. In addition, privately negotiated investments in loans and illiquid securities of private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure investors that we
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, investors will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments, and the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data thereof, prior to making a decision to invest. Additionally, the Adviser will select our investments, and our Shareholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. Investors, therefore, must rely on the Adviser to implement the Company’s investment policies, to evaluate all of its investment opportunities and to structure the terms of its investments. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our Shares. To the extent we are unable to deploy all of our capital, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.
In addition, we anticipate that it could take some time to invest substantially all of the capital we expect to raise due to market conditions generally and the time necessary to identify, evaluate, structure, negotiate and close suitable investments in private middle-market companies. In order to comply with the RIC diversification requirements during the startup period, we may invest proceeds in temporary investments, such as cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the time of investment, which we expect will earn yields substantially lower than the interest, dividend or other income that we seek to receive in respect of suitable portfolio investments. Distributions paid during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested. The Adviser has agreed to waive the Management Fee for (i) the period prior to the BDC Election, and (ii) the six-month period following the Initial BDC Closing. If the Management Fee and our other expenses exceed the return on the temporary investments, our equity capital will be reduced. If we do not produce positive investment returns, expenses and fees will reduce the amount of the original invested capital recovered by the Shareholders to an amount less than the amount invested in the Company by such Shareholders.
We generally will not control the business operations of our portfolio companies.
We anticipate that we will acquire a significant percentage of our portfolio company investments from privately held companies in directly negotiated transactions. We do not expect to control most of our portfolio companies, although we may have board representation or board observation rights, and our debt agreements may impose certain restrictive covenants on our borrowers. While, following the BDC Election, we will be obligated to offer to make managerial assistance available to our portfolio companies, there can be assurance that management personnel of our portfolio companies will accept or rely on such assistance. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as a debt investor and could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.
Due to the illiquid nature of our holdings in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our interests in our portfolio companies.
The illiquidity of our expected portfolio company investments may make it difficult or impossible for us to sell investments if the need arises. Many of these investments will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than exchange-listed securities or other securities for which there is an active trading market. We typically would be unable to exit these investments unless and until the portfolio company has a liquidity event such as a sale, maturity, refinancing, or initial public offering. If we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, investments purchased by us that are liquid at the time of purchase may subsequently become illiquid due to events relating to the issuer, market events, economic conditions or investor perceptions.
We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.
As part of our business strategy, we will be permitted to borrow from and issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders or investors. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are senior to the claims of our Shareholders. If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause our NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have if we did not employ leverage. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed.
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our Shares. Although borrowings by us have the potential to enhance overall returns that exceed our cost of funds, they will further diminish returns (or increase losses on capital) to the extent overall returns are less than our cost of funds.
Our ability to service any borrowings that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us, which could affect our return on capital. However, to the extent that we use leverage to finance our assets, our financing costs will reduce cash available for distributions to Shareholders. Moreover, we may not be able to meet our financing obligations and, to the extent that we cannot, we risk the loss of some or all of our assets to liquidation or sale to satisfy the obligations. In such an event, we may be forced to sell assets at significantly depressed prices due to market conditions or otherwise, which may result in losses.
Following our BDC Election, as a BDC, the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus preferred shares, if any, must be at least 150% (or 200% if certain requirements under the 1940 Act are not met). If our asset coverage ratio were to fall below 150%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and may need to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and investment activities. Moreover, our ability to make distributions to you may be significantly restricted or we may not be able to make any such distributions at all.
In addition to having fixed-dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our Shareholders, if we have senior debt securities or other credit facilities, any obligations to such creditors may be secured by a pledge of and security interest in some or all of our assets, including our portfolio of investments and/or our cash. In the case of a liquidation event, lenders and other creditors would receive proceeds to the extent of their security interest before any distributions are made to the Shareholders.
Provisions in a credit facility or other borrowings may limit discretion in operating our business and defaults thereunder may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have entered into one, and may enter into more, credit facilities or other borrowings, either directly or through one or more subsidiaries. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to close a credit facility or obtain other financing.
Further, if our borrowing base under a credit facility or other borrowings were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or other borrowings or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.
We may also be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition and could lead to cross defaults under other credit facilities and other borrowings. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to manage and grow our business.
Also, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility or other borrowings we enter into may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. Any obligations to our creditors under our credit facilities or other borrowings may be secured by a pledge of and a security interest in some or all of our assets, including our portfolio of investments and cash. If we default, we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with our Offering, we have entered into the Subscription Facility. We do not expect to utilize the Subscription Facility following the BDC Election, but do expect to enter into additional credit facility arrangements.
We are exposed to risks associated with high rates of inflation.
High rates of inflation and rapid increases in the rate of inflation generally have a negative impact on financial markets and the broader economy. In an attempt to stabilize inflation, governments may impose wage and price controls or otherwise intervene in a country’s economy. Governmental efforts to curb inflation, including by increasing interest rates or reducing fiscal or monetary stimuli, often have negative effects on the level of economic activity. Inflation in the United States has recently declined and is expected to remain at its current reduced level in the near-term. However, rising inflation in the future may materially and adversely affect our portfolio companies. For example, If such portfolio companies are unable to pass any increases in their costs along to their customers, it could adversely affect their results and impact their ability to pay interest and principal on our loans. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Conversely, as inflation declines, a portfolio company may see its competitors’ costs stabilize sooner or more rapidly than its own.
We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.
General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our future investments and our future investment returns and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives and our net investment income.
Because we anticipate that we will borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. Rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if such increases cause our borrowing costs to rise at a rate in excess of the rate that our investments yield. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.
Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise and trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed-rate securities that have longer maturities. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income.
In periods of rising interest rates, to the extent we borrow money subject to a floating interest rate, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Further, rising interest rates could also adversely affect our performance if we hold investments with floating interest rates, subject to specified minimum interest rates (such as a Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) floor), while at the same time engaging in borrowings subject to floating interest rates not subject to such minimums. In such a scenario, rising interest rates may increase our interest expense, even though our interest income from investments is not increasing in a corresponding manner as a result of such minimum interest rates.
If interest rates rise, there is a risk that the portfolio companies in which we hold floating rate securities will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interest rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults.
We may enter into certain hedging transactions, such as interest rate swap agreements, in an effort to mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates and we may increase our floating rate investments to position the portfolio for rate increases. However, we cannot assure you that such transactions will be successful in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk or if we will enter into such interest rate hedges. Hedging transactions may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.
We may enter into total return swaps that would expose us to certain risks, including market risk, liquidity risk and other risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.
A total return swap is a contract in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in the market value of the assets underlying the total return swap, which may include a specified security or loan, basket of securities or loans or securities or loan indices during the specified period, in return for
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate. A total return swap is typically used to obtain exposure to a security, loan or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or loan or investing directly in such market. A total return swap may effectively add leverage to our portfolio because, in addition to our total net assets, we would be subject to investment exposure on the amount of securities or loans subject to the total return swap. A total return swap is also subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations thereunder or that we will not be able to meet our obligations to the counterparty. In addition, because a total return swap is a form of synthetic leverage, such arrangements are subject to risks similar to those associated with the use of leverage.
Our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our Board and, as a result, there is and will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
There is not a public market or active secondary market for many of the types of investments in privately held companies that we intend to hold and make. As a result, we will value these investments monthly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with valuation policy and procedures approved by our Board. Following the BDC Election, in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, our Board is expected to designate the Adviser to serve as the Valuation Designee. Subject to the oversight of our Board, the Adviser will value our investments, no less frequently than monthly, including with the assistance of one or more independent valuation firms. The types of factors that may be considered in determining the fair values of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow, current market interest rates and other relevant factors.
The determination of fair value, and thus the amount of unrealized appreciation or depreciation we may recognize in any reporting period, is to a degree subjective. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, the valuations may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time due to changes in current market conditions. The determinations of fair value in accordance with procedures established by our Board may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market and market quotations existed for such investments. Volatile market conditions could also cause reduced liquidity in the market for certain assets, which could result in liquidation values that are materially less than the values of such assets as reflected in NAV. Our NAV could be adversely affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of the investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.
Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.
As a BDC, we will be required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at the fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with procedures established by our Board. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments relative to amortized cost will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized losses in our portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods. In addition, decreases in the market value or fair value of our investments will reduce our NAV.
Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.
Following the BDC Election, if we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company that is required to register under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to additional regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease our operating flexibility. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDC’s by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us and/or expose us to claims of private litigants. In addition, any such failure could cause an event of default under our future outstanding indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We will be subject to limited restrictions with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in a single issuer.
We intend to operate as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we will not be limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in a single
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries. To the extent that we hold large positions in a small number of issuers, or within a particular industry, our NAV may be subject to greater fluctuation. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence or a downturn in particular industry.
The requirement that we invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could preclude us from investing in accordance with our current business strategy; conversely, the failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.
As a BDC, the 1940 Act will prohibit us from acquiring any assets other than certain qualifying assets unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. In addition, in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be required to satisfy certain source-of-income, diversification and distribution requirements. Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets, or if necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. Conversely, if we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us to dispose of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in the portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the then-current value of such investments.
Because we expect our initial Shareholders to approve a proposal to allow an asset coverage ratio of 150%, we expect to be subject to 150% asset coverage ratio.
A BDC may increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150% if certain requirements are met. The reduced asset coverage requirement permits a BDC to borrow up to two dollars for every dollar it has in assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities issued by it. Because we expect our initial Shareholders to approve a proposal to reduce the asset coverage ratio to 150%, the ratio applicable to our senior securities is expected to be 150%, following the BDC Election.
Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we may use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the NAV attributable to our Shares to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make distributions or pay dividends on our Shares, make scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See “— Risks Related to Our Business and Structure—We may borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.”
We will face competition for investment opportunities, which could delay further deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.
We will compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including registered investment companies, private equity or credit funds and mezzanine funds) and other clients of the Adviser or its affiliates, as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, continue to increase their investment focus in our target market of privately owned U.S. companies. We may experience increased competition from banks and investment vehicles who may continue to lend to the middle-market. Additionally, the Federal Reserve and other bank regulators may periodically provide incentives to U.S. commercial banks to originate more loans to U.S. middle-market private companies. As a result of these market participants and regulatory incentives, competition for investment opportunities in privately owned U.S. companies is strong and may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than us. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do.
We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and investment structure criteria. If we are forced to match these competitors’ investment terms, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in our target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a BDC and/or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we will be required to satisfy to maintain our RIC tax treatment. The competitive pressures we face, and the manner in which we react or adjust to competitive pressures, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, effective yield on investments, investment returns, leverage ratio, and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time. Also, we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objectives.
The Company may be the subject of litigation or similar proceedings.
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company may be subject to litigation from time to time. The outcome of such proceedings may materially adversely affect the value of the Company and may continue without resolution for long periods of time. The Company’s investment activities may include activities that will subject it to the risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties. Any litigation may consume substantial amounts of the Adviser’s and Fortress’s time and attention, and that time and the devotion of these resources to litigation may, at times, be disproportionate to the amounts at stake in the litigation. The adoption of new or the enhancement of existing laws and regulations may further increase the risk of litigation. Any such litigation would likely have a negative financial impact on the Company. For instance, the expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would generally be borne by the Company and would reduce the Company’s net assets.
We will be dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect our liquidity, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business will be dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, portfolio monitoring, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. There could be:
sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;
natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;
disease pandemics;
events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts;
outages due to idiosyncratic issues at specific service providers; and
cyber-attacks.
These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the NAV of our Shares and our ability to pay distributions to our Shareholders.
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies by causing a disruption to our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or the confidential information of our portfolio companies and/or damage to our business relationships or the business relationships of our portfolio companies, all of which could negatively impact the business, financial condition and operating results of us or our portfolio companies.
We will depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems, networks, and data, like those of other companies, could be subject to cyber incidents. A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of the information resources of us or our portfolio companies. These incidents may be an intentional attack, such as unauthorized access, use, alteration, or destruction, from physical and electronic break-ins, or unauthorized tampering, or an unintentional event, such as a natural disaster, an industrial accident, failure of our disaster recovery systems, or employee error. These events could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems or those of our portfolio companies for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, regulatory penalties, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to business relationships, reputational damage, and increased costs associated with mitigation of damages and remediation. As our and our portfolio companies’ reliance on technology increases, so may the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by third-party service providers, and the information systems of our portfolio companies. We will implement processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber-incident, do not guarantee that a cyber-incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.
Third parties with which we will do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risk. We may outsource certain functions and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as client, counterparty, employee, and borrower information. While we will engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure, destruction, or other cybersecurity incidents that adversely affects our data, resulting in increased costs and other consequences as described above.
Compliance with the privacy laws to which we are subject may require the dedication of substantial time and financial resources, and non-compliance with such laws could lead to regulatory action being taken and/or could negatively impact the business, financial condition and operating results of us or our portfolio companies.
We and our portfolio companies, as well as the Adviser and Fortress, may be subject to laws and regulations related to privacy, data protection and information security in the jurisdictions in which we/they do business, including such laws and regulations as enacted, implemented and amended in the United States, the European Union (the “EU”) (and its member states), and the United Kingdom (the “UK”) (regardless of where the Adviser, Fortress, we and our portfolio companies, and their/our affiliates have establishments) from time to time, including the General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) (the “GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (as amended, the “CCPA”) (collectively, the “Privacy Laws”).
Compliance with the applicable Privacy Laws may require adhering to stringent legal and operational obligations and therefore the dedication of substantial time and financial resources by the Adviser, Fortress, us and our portfolio companies, and/ or each of their affiliates, which may increase over time (in particular in relation to any transfers of relevant personal data to third parties located in certain jurisdictions).
Further, failure to comply with the Privacy Laws may lead to the Adviser, Fortress, us and our portfolio companies, and/or our affiliates incurring fines and/or suffering other enforcement action or reputational damage. For example, failure to comply with the GDPR, depending on the nature and severity of the breach (and with a requirement on regulators to ensure any enforcement action taken is proportionate), could (in the worst case) attract regulatory penalties up to the greater of: (i) €20 million / £17.5 million (as applicable); and (ii) 4% of an entire group’s total annual worldwide turnover, as well as the possibility of other enforcement actions (such as suspension of processing activities and audits), liabilities from third-party claims.
Our United States operations in particular will be impacted by a growing movement to adopt comprehensive privacy and data protection laws similar to the GDPR, where such laws focus on privacy as an individual right in general. For example, California has passed the CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA generally
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

applies to businesses that collect personal information about California consumers, and either meet certain thresholds with respect to revenue or buying and/or selling consumers’ personal information. The CCPA imposes stringent legal and operational obligations on such businesses as well as certain affiliated entities that share common branding. The CCPA is enforceable by the California Attorney General. Additionally, if unauthorized access, theft or disclosure of a consumer’s personal information occurs, and the business did not maintain reasonable security practices, consumers could file a civil action (including a class action) without having to prove actual damages. Statutory damages range from $100 to $750 per consumer per incident, or actual damages, whichever is greater. The California Attorney General also may impose civil penalties ranging from $2,500 to $7,500 per violation. Further, California passed the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (the “CPRA”) to amend and extend the protections of the CCPA, effective as of January 1, 2023. The CPRA established a new state agency focused on the enforcement of its privacy laws, which will likely lead to greater levels of enforcement and greater costs related to compliance with the CCPA (and CPRA).
Other states in the United States, have either passed, proposed or are considering similar law and regulations to the GDPR and the CCPA (such as the Nevada Privacy of Information Collected on the Internet from Consumers Act, which became effective on October 1, 2021, and the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act passed March 2, 2021, the Colorado Privacy Act passed on July 8, 2021, the Utah Consumer Privacy Act passed on March 24, 2022, and the Connecticut Data Privacy Act passed on May 10, 2022, all of which have become effective in 2023), which could impose similarly significant costs, potential liabilities and operational and legal obligations. Such laws and regulations are expected to vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, thus increasing costs, operational and legal burdens, and the potential for significant liability on regulated entities.
Certain investors are limited in their ability to make significant investments in us.
Investment companies regulated under the 1940 Act are restricted from acquiring directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding voting shares (measured at the time of the acquisition), unless these funds comply with an exemption under the 1940 Act as well as other limitations under the 1940 Act that would restrict the amount that they are able to invest in our securities. Private funds that are excluded from the definition of investment company either pursuant to Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act are also subject to this restriction. As a result, certain investors may be precluded from acquiring additional shares at a time that they might desire to do so.
No Shareholder approval is required for certain mergers, except as required by law.
Our Board may undertake to approve mergers between us and certain other funds or vehicles. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, as applicable, such mergers may not require Shareholder approval so investors will not be given an opportunity to vote on these matters unless such mergers are reasonably anticipated to result in a material dilution of the NAV per Share of the Company. These mergers may involve funds managed by affiliates of the Adviser. The Board may also convert the form and/or jurisdiction of organization, including to take advantage of laws that are more favorable to maintaining Board control in the face of dissident Shareholders.
Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.
We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state, and federal levels. Changes to the laws and regulations governing our permitted investments may require a change to our investment strategy. Such changes could differ materially from our strategies and plans as set forth in this Memorandum and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Adviser. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment in us.
Following the BDC Election, regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise capital and the way in which we raise additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including risks associated with leverage.
As a result of the Annual Distribution Requirement (as defined below) to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we may need to access the capital markets periodically to raise cash to fund new investments in portfolio companies. Following the BDC Election, under the 1940 Act, we may issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions only in amounts such that the ratio of our total assets (less total liabilities other than indebtedness represented by senior securities) to our total indebtedness represented by senior securities plus
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

preferred shares, if any, equals at least 150% after such incurrence or issuance. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with RIC distribution requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. Therefore, we intend to seek to continuously issue equity securities, which may lead to Shareholder dilution.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be required to recognize taxable income (such as deferred interest that is accrued as original issue discount) in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to qualify for or maintain our status as a RIC. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay an incentive fee with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may not qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
We may borrow to fund investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test that we will be required to comply with as a BDC under the 1940 Act, which would prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying for tax treatment as a RIC, which would generally result in a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any income and net gains. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.
In addition, we anticipate that as market conditions permit, we may securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly owned subsidiary, contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary and have the subsidiary issue primarily investment grade debt securities to purchasers who would be expected to be willing to accept a substantially lower interest rate than the loans earn. We would retain all or a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans. Our retained equity would be exposed to any losses on the portfolio of loans before any of the debt securities would be exposed to such losses.
As a BDC, under the 1940 Act, we will generally be prohibited from issuing or selling our shares at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our NAV per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with other public companies. We may, however, sell our shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our Shares, at a price below the current NAV per share if our Board, including our Independent Trustees, determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and our Shareholders, as well as those Shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of the Board, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.
Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates
Our ability to achieve our investment objectives depends on the Adviser’s ability to manage and support our investment process.
We do not have any employees. Additionally, we have no internal management capacity other than our appointed executive officers and will be dependent upon the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the Adviser and Fortress to achieve our investment objectives. The Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor and service our investments. Our success will depend to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of the Adviser, including its key professionals. See “—The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.” The Adviser will also depend upon investment professionals to obtain access to deal flow generated by Fortress.
Our ability to achieve our investment objectives will also depend on the ability of the Adviser to identify, analyze, invest in, finance, and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The Adviser’s capabilities in structuring the investment process and providing competent, attentive and efficient services to us will depend on the involvement of investment professionals of adequate number and sophistication to match the corresponding flow of transactions. To achieve our investment objectives, the Adviser may need to retain, hire, train, supervise, and manage new investment professionals to participate in our investment selection and monitoring process. The Adviser may not be able to find qualified investment professionals in a timely manner or at all. Any failure to do so could have a
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Adviser may also be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These demands on their time, which will increase as the number of investments grow, may distract them or slow the rate of investment.
In addition, the Investment Advisory Agreement has a termination provision that allows the agreement to be terminated by us on 60 days’ notice without penalty, or following the BDC Election, by the vote of a Majority of the Outstanding Shares of the Company or by the vote of our Independent Trustees. The Investment Advisory Agreement is generally terminable at any time, without penalty, by the Adviser upon 60 days’ notice to us. Furthermore, the Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser. If the Adviser resigns or is terminated, or if we do not obtain the requisite approvals of our Shareholders and the Board to approve an agreement with the Adviser after an assignment, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms prior to the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption and costs under any new agreements that we enter into could increase. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objectives may result in additional costs and time delays. Our financial condition, business and results of operations, as well as our ability to meet our payment obligations under any indebtedness and to pay distributions, are likely to be adversely affected, and the value of our Shares may decline.
In addition, the Adviser depends on its relationships with corporations, financial institutions and investment firms, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships or sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
The Adviser relies on key personnel, the loss of any of whom could impair its ability to successfully manage us.
The ability of the Company to achieve its investment objectives will be highly dependent upon the skills of the Adviser in analyzing, acquiring, originating and managing the Company’s assets. As a result, the Company is dependent on the experience and expertise of certain individuals associated with the Adviser, any of whom may cease to be associated with the Adviser at any point. The loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to achieve its investment objectives. In particular, the Company is highly dependent on the involvement of Joshua Pack, Drew McKnight, Aaron Blanchette, Brian Stewart, Tim Sloan, Andy Frank and Jack Neumark in its investment activities. Following the BDC Election, if fewer than four of the Key Persons and/or any additional or replacement person approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, remain actively involved in the management and affairs of the Company, a Key Person Event will occur; provided, that the Adviser will have the right during the Suspension Period to replace one or more Key Persons with one or more individuals approved by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, to address the occurrence of a Key Person Event. In the event of a Key Person Event, the Company shall promptly provide concurrent notice to all Shareholders in a manner consistent with its obligations under the U.S. federal securities laws, and the making of new investments shall be suspended until the earlier of (i) the one hundred twentieth (120th) calendar day following the date that the Key Person Notice is provided and (ii) the day on which a replacement person for such Key Person (or Key Persons, as applicable) is approved by the Adviser and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees; provided, that, during a Suspension Period, a majority of Shareholders may elect to end the Suspension Period (in which case the making of new investments shall resume immediately following such election). For the avoidance of doubt, during a Suspension Period, the Company may issue drawdowns and utilize its assets to (i) pay Company expenses, (ii) complete any proposed investment (including any follow-on investment and investments pursuant to an investment commitment (in each case with respect to investments in portfolio companies in which the Company was invested as of the date of the Key Person Event) for which the Adviser has, on behalf of the Company, made a commitment, placed a bid (whether binding or not) in a competitive bidding situation or entered into a letter of intent, term sheet, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (whether or not such document created a legally binding obligation to proceed with such investment) or a definitive agreement to proceed with such transaction (collectively, “Actively Pursued Potential Investments”) if such Actively Pursued Potential Investment was being actively pursued as of the date of such Key Person Event, (iii) fund any guaranteed obligations and/or (iv) as otherwise necessary for the Company to preserve
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

its tax status. Upon the completion of a Suspension Period, if not already completed, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, will oversee the appointment of Key Persons and the resumption of the Company’s suspended investment operations. The Key Persons have undertaken to, in their own business judgment, be actively involved in the management and affairs of the Company.
In addition, individuals not currently associated with the Adviser may become associated with the Adviser and the performance of the Company may also depend on the experience and expertise of such individuals.
Our fee structure may create a conflict of interest due to the incentives for the Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.
The Incentive Fee payable by us to the Adviser may create an incentive for the Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangements. These compensation arrangements could affect the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ judgment with respect to investments made by us, which allow the Adviser to earn increased Management Fees and Incentive Fees. The way in which the Incentive Fee is determined may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the leveraged return on our investment portfolio.
The “catch-up” portion of the Incentive Fee may encourage our Adviser to accelerate or defer interest payable by portfolio companies from one calendar quarter to another, potentially resulting in fluctuations in timing and dividend amounts.
We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We also will remain obligated to pay Management Fees and Incentive Fees to our Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our Shareholders will bear his or her share of the Management Fees and Incentive Fees of our Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.
Under certain circumstances, the use of substantial leverage (up to the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act, as applicable) may increase the likelihood of our defaulting on our borrowings, which would be detrimental to holders of our securities.
The Adviser and its affiliates may have incentives to favor their respective other funds, accounts and clients over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be adverse to us and our investment opportunities and harmful to us.
The Adviser and its affiliates may, from time to time, manage assets for funds and accounts other than us. While the Adviser and its affiliates will seek to manage potential conflicts of interest in good faith, the portfolio strategies employed by the Adviser and its affiliates in managing its other funds and accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by the Adviser in managing us and may affect the prices and availability of investments. The Adviser and its affiliates may, from time to time, give advice and make investment recommendations to other affiliate-managed investment vehicles that differ from advice given to, or investment recommendations made to, us, even though their investment objectives may be the same or similar to ours. Other affiliate-managed investment vehicles, whether now existing or created in the future, could compete with us for the purchase and sale of investments.
With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other affiliated funds and accounts, the ability of the Adviser to recommend such opportunities to us may be restricted by applicable laws or regulatory requirements (including the 1940 Act) and the Adviser will allocate investment opportunities and realization opportunities between us and other affiliated funds and accounts in a manner that is consistent with the Adviser’s Allocation Policy, which may be amended from time to time, designed to ensure allocations of opportunities are made over time on a fair and equitable basis. The outcome of any allocation determination by the Adviser and its affiliates may result in the allocation of all or none of an investment opportunity to us. Fortress’s allocation of investment opportunities among us and other affiliated investment funds and accounts in the manner discussed above may not result in proportional allocations, and such allocations may be more or less advantageous to some relative to others.
To the extent the Company and such other funds and accounts invest in the same portfolio investments, actions taken by the Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of such other funds and accounts may be adverse to us and our
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investments, which could harm our performance. For example, we may invest in the same credit obligations, although, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, our investments may include different obligations or levels of the capital structure of the same issuer. Such investments may inherently give rise to conflicts of interest or perceived conflicts of interest between or among the various classes of securities that may be held. Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding our portfolio may benefit such funds and accounts. On the other hand, such funds and accounts may pursue or enforce rights with respect to one of our portfolio companies, and those activities may have an adverse effect on us. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of our investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of such funds and accounts, and transactions for us may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
In addition, a conflict of interest exists to the extent the Adviser, its affiliates, or any of their respective executives, portfolio managers or employees have proprietary or personal investments in other investment companies or accounts or when certain other investment companies or accounts are investment options in the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ employee benefit plans. In these circumstances, the Adviser has an incentive to favor these other investment companies or accounts over us. The Board will seek to monitor these conflicts but there can be no assurances that such monitoring will fully mitigate any such conflicts.
The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest and their use of service providers.
Conflicts of interest may exist with respect to the Adviser’s selection of brokers, dealers, transaction agents, counterparties and financing sources for the execution of our transactions. When engaging these services, the Adviser may, subject to best execution, take into consideration a variety of factors, including, to the extent applicable, the ability to achieve prompt and reliable execution, competitive pricing, transaction costs, operational efficiency with which transactions are effected, access to deal flow and precedent transactions, and the financial stability and reputation of the particular service provider, as well as other factors that the Adviser deems appropriate to consider under the circumstances. Service providers and financing sources may provide other services that are beneficial to the Adviser and their affiliates, but that are not necessarily beneficial to us, including capital introductions, other marketing assistance, client and personnel referrals, consulting services, and research-related services. These other services and items may influence the Adviser’s selection of service providers and financing sources.
In addition, the Adviser or an affiliate thereof may exercise its discretion to recommend to a business in which we have made an investment, that it contract for services with (i) the Adviser or a related person of the Adviser (which may include a business in which we have made an investment); (ii) an entity with which the Adviser or its affiliates and their employees has a relationship or from which the Adviser or its affiliates otherwise derives financial or other benefit, including relationships with joint venturers or co-venturers, or relationships where personnel of the Adviser or its affiliates are seconded, or from which the Adviser or its affiliates receives secondees; or (iii) certain investors (including Shareholders) or their affiliates. Such relationships may influence decisions that Adviser makes with respect to us. Although the Adviser and its affiliates select service providers that it believes are aligned with our operational strategies and will enhance portfolio company performance and, relatedly, our returns, the Adviser has a potential incentive to make recommendations because of its or its affiliates’ financial or other business interest. There can be no assurance that no other service provider is more qualified to provide the applicable services or could provide such services at lesser cost.
The Adviser and its affiliates’ personnel will work on other projects and conflicts may arise in the allocation of personnel between us and other funds, accounts or projects.
Our Adviser and its affiliates will devote such time as they deem necessary to conduct our business affairs in an appropriate manner. However, the Adviser’s personnel, as well as the personnel of Fortress, will work on matters related to other funds and accounts. Employees of affiliates of the Adviser may also serve as trustees, or otherwise be associated with, companies that are competitors of businesses in which we have made investments. These businesses may also be counterparties or participants in agreements, transactions, or other arrangements with businesses in which other affiliated investment vehicles have made investments that may involve fees and/or servicing payments to the Adviser or its affiliates.
In addition, the Adviser and its affiliates may also, from time to time, employ employees of its affiliates with pre-existing ownership interests in businesses owned by us; conversely, former employees of the Adviser and/or its affiliates are expected, from time to time, to serve in significant management roles at businesses or service providers
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

recommended by the Adviser. In such capacity, this may give rise to conflicts to the extent that an employee’s fiduciary duties to such business may conflict with our interests, but, because the Adviser and/or affiliates will generally have made a significant investment in such business, it is expected that such interests will generally be aligned.
Our access to confidential information may restrict our ability to take action with respect to some investments, which, in turn, may negatively affect our results of operations.
We, directly or through the Adviser, may obtain confidential information about the companies in which we have invested or may invest or be deemed to have such confidential information. The Adviser, including its investment personnel, may come into possession of material, non-public information through its members, officers, trustees, employees, principals or affiliates. The possession of such information may, to our detriment, limit the ability of us and the Adviser to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. In certain circumstances, employees of the Adviser may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict our ability to trade in the securities of such companies. For example, if personnel of the Adviser come into possession of material non-public information with respect to our investments, such personnel will be restricted by the Adviser’s information-sharing policies and procedures or by law or contract from sharing such information with our management team, even where the disclosure of such information would be in our best interests or would otherwise influence decisions taken by the members of the management team with respect to that investment. This conflict and these procedures and practices may limit the freedom of the Adviser to enter into or exit from potentially profitable investments for us, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fully leverage the resources and industry expertise of the Adviser in the course of its duties. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with the Adviser will be precluded from providing services to us because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of the Adviser.
We will be obligated to pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio and even if our earned interest income is not payable in cash.
The Investment Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to receive an Incentive Fee that is based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.
Any Incentive Fee payable by us that relates to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash (PIK income). PIK income will be included in the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate the incentive fee to the Adviser even though we do not receive the income in the form of cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest income, it is possible that accrued interest income previously included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee will become uncollectible. The Adviser is not obligated to reimburse us for any part of the Incentive Fee it received that was based on accrued interest income that we never receive as a result of a subsequent default.
The quarterly Incentive Fee on income is recognized and paid without regard to: (i) the trend of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as a percent of adjusted capital over multiple quarters in arrears which may in fact be consistently less than the quarterly preferred return, or (ii) the net income or net loss in the current calendar quarter, the current year or any combination of prior periods.
For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in some circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash and to make distributions with respect to such income to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC and/or minimize corporate-level U.S. federal income or excise tax. Under such circumstances, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. This difficulty in making the required distribution may be amplified to the extent that we are required to pay the incentive fee on income with respect to such accrued income. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.
As a BDC, we will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of a majority of our Independent Trustees and, in some cases, the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we will generally be prohibited from buying or selling any securities from or to such affiliate on a principal basis, absent the prior approval of the Board and, in some cases, the SEC. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, including other funds or clients advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, which in certain circumstances could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times to the extent the transaction involves a joint investment), without prior approval of the Board and, in some cases, the SEC. If a person acquires more than 25% of our outstanding voting securities, we will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such person or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or trustees or their affiliates or anyone who is under common control with us. The SEC has interpreted the business development company regulations governing transactions with affiliates to prohibit certain joint transactions involving entities that share a common investment adviser. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any portfolio company that is controlled by a fund managed by either of the Adviser or its affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment or disposition opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
We expect that we, and certain of our affiliates, will receive exemptive relief from the SEC that we intend to rely on to permit us to co-invest with other funds and accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally expect to be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates pursuant to the conditions of the Co-Investment Exemptive Order, including that the participants in such co-investment transaction acquire or dispose of the same class of securities, at the same time, for the same price and with the same conversion, financial reporting and registration rights, and with substantially the same other terms. In certain cases where a Fortress Managed Account has a pre-existing investment in an issuer in which the Company and the Fortress Managed Accounts will co-invest, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our Independent Trustees will be required to take steps set forth in Section 57(f) of the 1940 Act, including approving the transaction on the basis that, in relevant part (i) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid or received, are reasonable and fair to the Shareholders of the Company and do not involve overreaching of the Company or its Shareholders on the part of any person concerned; (ii) the proposed transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s Shareholders and the Company’s policy as recited in filings made by the Company with the SEC and the Company’s reports to Shareholders; and (iii) the Company’s trustees record in their minutes and preserve in their records a description of the transaction, their findings, the information or materials upon which their findings were based, and the basis for their findings.
In addition to co-investing pursuant to the exemptive relief, we may invest alongside affiliates or their affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and current regulatory guidance. For example, we may invest alongside such investors consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting us and an affiliated person to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that we negotiate no term other than price. We may, in certain cases, also make investments in securities owned by affiliates that we acquire from non-affiliates. In such circumstances, our ability to participate in any restructuring of such investment or other transaction involving the issuer of such investment may be limited, and as a result, we may realize a loss on such investments that might have been prevented or reduced had we not been restricted in participating in such restructuring or other transaction.
In situations when co-investment with the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ other clients is not permitted under the 1940 Act and related rules, existing or future staff guidance, or the terms and conditions of any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, the Adviser will need to decide which client or clients will proceed with the investment. Generally, we will not be entitled to make a co-investment in these circumstances and, to the extent that another client elects to proceed with the investment, we will not be permitted to participate. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will not invest in any issuer in which an affiliate’s other client holds a controlling interest.
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may make investments that could give rise to a conflict of interest.
We generally do not expect to invest in, or hold securities of, companies that are controlled by an affiliate and/or an affiliate’s other clients. However, the Adviser or an affiliate’s other clients may invest in, and gain control over, one of our portfolio companies. If the Adviser or an affiliate’s other client, or clients, gains control over one of our portfolio companies, it may create conflicts of interest and may subject us to certain restrictions under the 1940 Act. As a result of these conflicts and restrictions the Adviser may be unable to implement our investment strategies as effectively as they could have in the absence of such conflicts or restrictions. For example, as a result of a conflict or restriction, the Adviser may be unable to engage in certain transactions that it would otherwise pursue. In order to avoid these conflicts and restrictions, the Adviser may choose to exit such investments prematurely and, as a result, we may forego any positive returns associated with such investments. In addition, to the extent that an affiliate’s other client holds a different class of securities than us as a result of such transactions, our interests may not be aligned.
The recommendations given to us by the Adviser may differ from those rendered to their other clients.
The Adviser and its affiliates may, from time to time, give advice and recommend securities to other clients which may differ from advice given to, or securities recommended or bought for, us even though such other clients’ investment objectives may be similar to ours, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we will be required to indemnify the Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.
The Adviser will not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement, and it will not be responsible for any action of our Board in declining to follow the Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its trustees, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons, and any Affiliated Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser are not liable to us for their acts under the Investment Advisory Agreement, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. We will also agree to indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser and its trustees, officers, shareholders, members, agents, employees, controlling persons and any Affiliated Person of the Adviser with respect to all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses resulting from acts of the Adviser not arising out of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties. However, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates, trustees, officers, members, employees, agents, or representatives may be protected against any liability to us or our investors to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful malfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of its office. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account. See “— Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates — Our fee structure may create a conflict of interest due to the incentives for the Adviser to make speculative investments or use substantial leverage.
Investment by Fortress employees in the Company may lead to conflicts of interest.
Employees of Fortress, including members of the Investment Committee, are permitted to invest, and at times may invest significantly, in Fortress funds, including the Company. Such investments can operate to align the interests of Fortress and their employees with the interests of the Fortress funds and their investors, but will also give rise to conflicts of interest as such employees can have an incentive to favor the Fortress funds in which they participate or from which they are otherwise entitled to share in returns or fees. Further, from time to time, employees of Fortress, or members of their families, could have an interest in a particular transaction, or in securities or other financial instruments of the same kind or class, or a different kind or class, of the same obligor or issuer, that Fortress directs for a Fortress Managed Account, including the Company.
The Adviser’s failure to comply with pay-to-play laws, regulations and policies could have an adverse effect on the Adviser, and thus, us.
A number of U.S. states and municipal pension plans have adopted so-called “pay-to-play” laws, regulations or policies which prohibit, restrict or require disclosure of payments to (and/or certain contacts with) state officials by individuals and entities seeking to do business with state entities, including those seeking investments by public retirement funds. The SEC has adopted a rule that, among other things, prohibits an investment adviser from
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees makes a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates. If the Adviser or its affiliates or any service provider acting on its behalf, fails to comply with such laws, regulations or policies, such non-compliance could have an adverse effect on the Adviser, and thus, us.
There are risks associated with any potential merger with or purchase of assets of another fund.
The Adviser may in the future recommend to our Board that we merge with or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of one or more funds including a fund that could be managed by the Adviser or its affiliates (including another BDC). We do not expect that the Adviser would recommend any such merger or asset purchase unless it determines that it would be in the best interest of us and our Shareholders, with such determination dependent on factors it deems relevant, which may include our historical and projected financial performance and any proposed merger partner, portfolio composition, potential synergies from the merger or asset sale, available alternative options and market conditions. In addition, no such merger or asset purchase would be consummated absent the meeting of various conditions required by applicable law or contract, at such time, which may include approval of the board of trustees and common equity holders of both funds. If the Adviser is the investment adviser of both funds, various conflicts of interest would exist with respect to any such transaction. Such conflicts of interest may potentially arise from, among other things, differences between the compensation payable to the Adviser by us and by the entity resulting from such a merger or asset purchase or efficiencies or other benefits to the Adviser as a result of managing a single, larger fund instead of two separate funds.
Our Administrator can resign from its role as Administrator under the Administration Agreement, and a suitable replacement may not be found, resulting in disruptions that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice, whether a replacement has been found or not. In addition, the Administration Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement. If our Administrator resigns or the Administration Agreement is terminated, it may be difficult to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If a replacement is not found quickly, our business, results of operations and financial condition are likely to be adversely affected and the value of our Shares may decline. Even if a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services are retained, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objectives may result in additional costs and time delays that may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Any Sub-Administrator that the Administrator engages to assist the Administrator in fulfilling its responsibilities could resign from its role as Sub-Administrator, and a suitable replacement may not be found, resulting in disruptions that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our Administrator has the right under the Administration Agreement to enter into one or more sub-administration agreements with other Sub-Administrators pursuant to which the Administrator may obtain the services of the Sub-Administrator(s) to assist the Administrator in fulfilling its responsibilities under the Administration Agreement. If any such Sub-Administrator resigns, it may be difficult to find a new Sub-Administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If a replacement is not found quickly, our business, results of operations and financial condition are likely to be adversely affected and the value of our Shares may decline. Even if a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services are retained, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objectives may result in additional costs and time delays that may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Investments
The capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. Such market conditions may materially and adversely affect the debt and equity capital markets, which may have a negative impact on our business and operations.
From time to time, capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability. Such disruptions may result in, amongst other things, write-offs, the re-pricing of credit risk, the failure of financial institutions or worsening general economic conditions, any of which could materially and adversely impact the broader financial
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and credit markets and reduce the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. There can be no assurance these market conditions will not occur or worsen in the future, including as a result of various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world (including wars and other forms of conflict, terrorist acts, security operations and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and global health epidemics), which may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. For example, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, or the ongoing and developing conflicts in the Middle East, and other developing conflicts, and resulting market volatility, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In response to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, the U.S. and other countries have imposed sanctions or other restrictive actions against Russia. In addition, other government actions, including sanctions, export controls, tariffs and trade wars (including with respect to Canada, Mexico, China, Iran or otherwise), could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations and could cause the market value of our common shares and/or debt securities to decline. Since the inauguration of U.S. President Donald Trump in January 2025, the U.S. Government has announced tariff actions against certain imported goods, and has issued an “America First Trade Policy” memorandum that could lead to additional tariff and trade measures. Additionally, the U.S. Government imposes economic sanctions and trade restrictions against certain countries and persons from time to time. If the U.S. Government imposes such tariffs, sanctions, trade restrictions, or other measures against products and materials, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Some foreign governments, including China, have instituted retaliatory tariffs on certain U.S. goods and have indicated a willingness to impose additional tariffs on U.S. products. Global trade disruption, significant introductions of trade barriers and bilateral trade frictions, together with any future downturns in the global economy resulting therefrom, could adversely affect our performance. We will continue to monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objectives, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
Concerns over future increases in inflation, economic recession, as well as interest rate volatility and fluctuations in oil and gas prices resulting from global production and demand levels, as well as geopolitical tension, have exacerbated market volatility. Volatility and dislocation in the capital markets can create a challenging environment in which to raise or access equity or debt capital. Such conditions could make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance any future indebtedness or obtain new indebtedness with similar terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may continue to be at a higher cost, including as a result of the current interest rate environment, and on unfavorable terms and conditions. If we are unable to raise or refinance debt, then our equity investors may not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage and we may be limited in our ability to make commitments to our portfolio companies. Significant disruption or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our future investments. While most of our investments are not expected to be publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity).
Significant disruption or volatility in the capital markets may also affect the pace of our investment activity and the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. Thus, the illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes. An inability to raise or access capital could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.
We intend to invest in directly originated senior secured loans to middle-market companies domiciled in the United States. The Company’s portfolio will consist primarily of direct originations of (i) first lien senior secured loans (including “unitranche” loans, which are loans that combine both senior and subordinated debt, generally in a first lien position) and, to a lesser extent, (ii) second lien senior secured debt and unsecured loans. The Company’s investments may be accompanied by junior debt and/or equity or equity-related investments, including common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock and/or warrants. The securities in which we intend to invest typically are not rated by any rating agency, and if they were rated, they would be below investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. or lower than “BBB-” by Standard & Poor’s Rating
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Services), which is often referred to as “junk” or “high yield”. These “junk” or “high yield” securities have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid. In addition, some of the loans in which we may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans. We use the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants. Therefore, our investments may result in an above-average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal. We also may invest in other assets, including U.S. government securities and structured securities. These investments entail additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns.
Secured Debt, including First Lien Debt. When we make a secured debt investment, we will generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of any subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our debt investment may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors, such as trade creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the debt investment. Consequently, the fact that our debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt investment’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan, in full or at all, should we enforce our remedies.
“Last out” First Lien Loans. “Last out” first lien loans have secondary priority behind super senior “first out” first lien loans in the collateral securing the loans in certain circumstances. The arrangements for a “last out” first lien loan are set forth in an “agreement among lenders,” which provides lenders with “first out” and “last out” payment streams based on a single lien on the collateral. Since the “first out” lenders generally have priority over the “last out” lenders for receiving payment under certain specified events of default, or upon the occurrence of other triggering events under intercreditor agreements or agreements among lenders, the “last out” lenders bear a greater risk than leaders than the “first out” lenders or lenders in standalone first lien loans.
Unitranche Loans. “Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different lenders in the unitranche loan. In some instances, we may find another lender to provide the “first-out” portion of such loan and retain the “last-out” portion of such loan, in which case, the “first-out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder over the “last-out” portion that we would continue to hold. This may result in an above average amount of risk and loss of principal. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the “last-out” portion generally earns a higher interest rate than the “first-out” portion.
Unsecured Debt, including Mezzanine Debt. Our unsecured debt investments, including mezzanine debt investments, generally will be subordinated to senior debt in the event of an insolvency. This may result in an above average amount of risk and loss of principal. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness.
Equity Investments. When we invest in secured debt or unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, we may acquire equity securities from the company in which we make the investment. In addition, we may invest in the equity securities of portfolio companies independent of any debt investment. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we hold may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Shares. To the extent we invest in preferred securities, we may incur particular risks, including:
preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If we own a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, we may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes before we receive such distributions;
preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore are subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments; and generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board; generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
In addition, our investments will generally involve a number of significant risks, including:
the companies in which we intend to invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
the companies in which we intend to invest typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
the companies in which we intend to invest are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
the companies in which we intend to invest generally have less predictable operating results, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position;
the debt investments we intend to have in our portfolio generally will have a significant portion of principal due at the maturity of the investment, which would result in a substantial loss to us if such borrowers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity;
our executive officers, directors and Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and
the companies in which we intend to invest generally have less publicly available information about their businesses, operations and financial condition and, if we are unable to uncover the companies in which we invest may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.
Subordinated Debt. Our subordinated debt investments will generally rank junior in priority of payment to senior debt and will generally be unsecured. This may result in a heightened level of risk and volatility or a loss of principal, which could lead to the loss of the entire investment. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our Shareholders to non-cash income. Because we will not receive any principal repayments prior to the maturity of some of our subordinated debt investments, such investments will be of greater risk than amortizing loans.
Non-U.S. Securities. We may invest in non-U.S. securities, which may include securities denominated in U.S. dollars or in non-U.S. currencies, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, following the BDC Election. Because evidence of ownership of such securities usually is held outside the United States, we would be subject to additional risks if we invested in non-U.S. securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions, which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the non-U.S. securities to shareholders located outside the country
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Because non-U.S. securities may be purchased with and payable in foreign currencies, the value of these assets as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency rates and exchange control regulations.
Junior, Unsecured Securities. Our strategy may entail acquiring securities that are junior or unsecured instruments. While this approach can facilitate obtaining control and then adding value through active management, it also means that certain of the Company’s investments may be unsecured. If a portfolio company becomes financially distressed or insolvent and does not successfully reorganize, we will have no assurance (compared to those distressed securities investors that acquire only fully collateralized positions) that we will recover any of the principal that we have invested. Similarly, investments in “last out” pieces of unitranche loans will be similar to second lien loans in that such investments will be junior in priority to the “first out” piece of the same unitranche loan with respect to payment of principal, interest and other amounts. Consequently, the fact that debt is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the debt’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the debt should it be forced to enforce its remedies.
While such junior or unsecured investments may benefit from the same or similar financial and other covenants as those enjoyed by the indebtedness ranking more senior to such investments and may benefit from cross-default provisions and security over the issuer’s assets, some or all of such terms may not be part of particular investments. Moreover, our ability to influence an issuer’s affairs, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency, is likely to be substantially less than that of senior creditors. For example, under typical subordination terms, senior creditors are able to block the acceleration of the junior debt or the exercise by junior debt holders of other rights they may have as creditors. Accordingly, we may not be able to take steps to protect investments in a timely manner or at all, and there can be no assurance that our rate of return objectives or any particular investment will be achieved. In addition, the debt securities in which we will invest may not be protected by financial covenants or limitations upon additional indebtedness, may have limited liquidity and are not expected to be rated by a credit rating agency.
Early repayments of our investments may have a material adverse effect on our investment objectives. In addition, depending on fluctuations of the equity markets and other factors, warrants and other equity investments may become worthless. There can be no assurance that attempts to provide downside protection through contractual or structural terms with respect to our investments will achieve their desired effect and potential investors should regard an investment in us as being speculative and having a high degree of risk. Furthermore, we have limited flexibility to negotiate terms when purchasing newly-issued investments in connection with a syndication of mezzanine or certain other junior or subordinated investments or in the secondary market.
“Covenant-lite” Obligations. We may invest in, or obtain exposure to, obligations that may be “covenant-lite,” which means such obligations lack certain financial maintenance covenants. While these loans may still contain other collateral protections, a covenant-lite loan may carry more risk than a covenant-heavy loan made by the same borrower, as it does not require the borrower to provide affirmation that certain specific financial tests have been satisfied on a routine basis as is required under a covenant-heavy loan agreement. Should a loan we hold begin to deteriorate in quality, our ability to negotiate with the borrower may be delayed under a covenant-lite loan compared to a loan with full maintenance covenants. This may in turn delay our ability to seek to recover its investment.
Restructurings. Investments in companies operating in workout or bankruptcy modes present additional legal risks, including fraudulent conveyance, voidable preference and equitable subordination risks. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful investment in companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that we will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing our loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action.
Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks.
Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:
such companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
such companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
such companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position;
there is generally little public information about these companies and their financial information, they are not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and other regulations that govern public companies and we may be unable to uncover all material information about these companies, which may prevent us from making a fully informed investment decision and cause us to lose money on our investments;
our executive officers, Trustees and the Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and
such companies may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness, including any debt securities held by us, upon maturity.
Investments in common and preferred equity securities, many of which are illiquid with no readily available market, involve a substantial degree of risk.
Although equity securities, including common stock, have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long term, equity securities also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Our equity investments may fail to appreciate and may decline in value or become worthless, and our ability to recover our investment will depend on our portfolio company’s success. Investments in equity securities involve a number of significant risks, including:
any equity investment we make in a portfolio company could be subject to further dilution as a result of the issuance of additional equity interests and to serious risks as a junior security that will be subordinate to all indebtedness (including trade creditors) or senior securities in the event that the issuer is unable to meet its obligations or becomes subject to a bankruptcy process;
to the extent that the portfolio company requires additional capital and is unable to obtain it, we may not recover our investment; and
in some cases, equity securities in which we invest will not pay current dividends, and our ability to realize a return on our investment, as well as to recover our investment, will be dependent on the success of the portfolio company.
Even if the portfolio company is successful, our ability to realize the value of our investment may be dependent on the occurrence of a liquidity event, such as a public offering or the sale of the portfolio company. It is likely to take a significant amount of time before a liquidity event occurs or we can otherwise sell our investment. In addition, the equity securities we receive or invest in may be subject to restrictions on resale during periods in which it could be advantageous to sell them.
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If we own a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, we may be required to report income for tax purposes before we receive such distributions;
preferred securities are subordinated to debt in terms of priority to income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt;
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stock or U.S. government securities; and
generally, preferred security holders have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company, subject to limited exceptions.
Additionally, when we invest in debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.
We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the equity securities of investment funds that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions to the 1940 Act and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of any such company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay the Management Fee and Incentive Fee to the Adviser with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of such companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our Shareholders will bear his or her share of the Management Fee and Incentive Fee due to the Adviser as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any such investment funds or advisers.
By originating loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, we may be exposed to distressed lending risks.
As part of our lending activities, we may originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Although the terms of such financing may result in significant financial returns to us, they involve a substantial degree of risk. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that we will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing our loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower.
We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient, or if the portfolio company has debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments.
To attempt to mitigate credit risks, we intend to take a security interest in the available assets of our portfolio companies. There is no assurance that we will obtain or properly perfect our liens.
Where a portfolio company defaults on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. There is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of a portfolio company to raise additional capital. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.
Our portfolio companies may have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may entitle the holders to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments with respect to the debt instruments in which we invest. For example, certain debt investments that we will make in portfolio companies will be secured on a second priority lien basis by the same collateral securing senior debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the debt. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, any holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the debt obligations secured by the first priority or second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the debt obligations
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

secured by the first priority or second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
In the case of debt ranking equally with debt instruments in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company and our portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to pay all equally ranking credit even if we hold senior, first-lien debt. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of intercreditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company.
In addition, we may make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.
In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to “equitable subordination.” This means that depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant “managerial assistance,” if any, to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.
If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.
Certain of our investments may be adversely affected by laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or voidable preferences, or we could become subject to lender liability claims.
Certain of our investments could be subject to federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent transfer laws, which vary from state to state, if the debt obligations relating to certain investments were issued with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors, if we were deemed to have provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company or a representative of Fortress or the Adviser sat on the board of trustees of such portfolio company, or, in certain circumstances, if the issuer receives less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for issuing such debt obligations. If the debt proceeds are used for a buyout of stockholders, this risk is greater than if the debt proceeds are used for day-to-day operations or organic growth. If a court were to find that the issuance of the debt obligations was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could re-characterize our debt investment and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors, void or otherwise refuse to recognize the payment obligations under the debt obligations or the collateral supporting such obligations, or require us to repay any amounts received by us with respect to the debt obligations or collateral. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, we may not receive any repayment on such debt obligations.
In addition, a number of U.S. judicial decisions have upheld judgments obtained by borrowers against lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing, or a similar duty owed to the borrower or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. Because of the nature of our investments in portfolio companies (including that, as a BDC, we may be required to provide managerial assistance to those portfolio companies if they so request upon our offer), we may be subject to allegations of lender liability.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.
We will be subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments, net of prepayment fees, could negatively impact our return on equity. This risk will be more acute when interest rates decrease, as we may be unable to reinvest at rates as favorable as when we made our initial investment.
If we cannot obtain debt financing or equity capital on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.
The net proceeds from our investments and the offerings, including the Offering, will be used for our investment opportunities, and, if necessary, the payment of operating expenses and the payment of various fees and expenses such as Management Fee, Incentive Fee, other expenses and distributions. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require additional debt financing or equity capital to operate. Pursuant to tax rules that apply to RICs, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our Shareholders following the RIC Election Date. Accordingly, in the event that we need additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason we may need to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. These sources of funding may not be available to us due to unfavorable economic conditions, which could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain further debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire additional investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to diversify our portfolio and achieve our investment objectives, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to make distributions to our Shareholders.
The effect of global climate change may impact the operations of our portfolio companies.
There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of our portfolio companies may be adversely affected by the exposure to environmental conditions such as droughts, famines, floods, storms, wildfires and other climate change and environmental-related events . For example, the needs of customers of energy companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increases in the cost of energy could adversely affect the cost of operations of our portfolio companies if the use of energy products or services is material to their business. A decrease in energy use due to weather changes may affect some of our portfolio companies’ financial condition through, for example, decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions.
Our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged.
Some of our portfolio companies may be highly leveraged, which may have adverse consequences to these companies and to us as an investor. These companies may be subject to restrictive financial and operating covenants and the leverage may impair these companies’ ability to finance their future operations and capital needs. As a result, these companies’ flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and to take advantage of business opportunities may be limited. Further, a leveraged company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used.
Our investments in non-U.S. companies or investments denominated in foreign currencies may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. and U.S. dollar denominated investments.
Our investment strategy will contemplate potential investments in securities of non-U.S. companies to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act. Investing in non-U.S. companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and social instability, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes (potentially at confiscatory levels), less liquid markets, less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks are likely to be more pronounced for investments in companies located in emerging markets and particularly for middle-market companies in these economies.
Although most of our investments are expected to be denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure you that such strategies will be effective or without risk to us.
The market structure applicable to derivatives imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the SEC may affect our ability to use over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives for hedging purposes.
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the CFTC and the SEC have issued rules to implement broad new regulatory requirements and broad new structural requirements applicable to OTC derivatives markets and, to a lesser extent, listed commodity futures (and futures options) markets. Similar changes are in the process of being implemented in other major financial markets.
Engaging in OTC derivatives or other commodity interest transactions such as futures contracts or options on futures contracts may cause us to fall within the definition of “commodity pool” under the Commodity Exchange Act and related CFTC regulations. The Adviser has claimed relief from CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to our operations, with the result that we are limited in our ability to use futures contracts or options on futures contracts or engage in such OTC derivatives transactions. Specifically, we are subject to strict limitations on using such derivatives other than for hedging purposes, whereby the use of derivatives not used solely for hedging purposes is generally limited to situations where (i) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions does not exceed five percent of the liquidation value of our portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such contracts we have entered into; or (ii) the aggregate net notional value of such derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of our portfolio. We intend to operate in a manner to be able to rely on the exclusion from the definition of commodity pool operator provided in Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act.
The Dodd-Frank Act also imposed requirements relating to real-time public and regulatory reporting of OTC derivative transactions, enhanced documentation requirements, position limits on an expanded array of commodity-based transactions, recordkeeping requirements, mandatory margining of certain OTC derivatives and mandatory central clearing and swap execution facility (“SEF”) execution of certain OTC derivatives. At present, certain interest rate derivatives and index credit derivatives are subject to mandatory central clearing and SEF execution. Taken as a whole, these changes could significantly increase the cost of using OTC derivatives to hedge risks, including interest rate and foreign exchange risk; reduce the level of exposure we are able to obtain for risk management purposes through OTC derivatives (including as the result of the CFTC imposing position limits on additional products); reduce the amounts available to us to make non-derivatives investments; impair liquidity in certain OTC derivatives; and adversely affect the quality of execution pricing obtained by us, all of which could adversely impact our investment returns.
Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act impacts the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations. Under Rule 18f-4, BDCs that use derivatives and certain other related instruments and do not qualify as a “limited derivatives user” are subject to a value-at-risk leverage limit, a derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. Following the BDC Election, we intend to operate and qualify as a “limited derivatives user” and will adopt compliance policies to monitor our derivatives exposure under Rule 18f-4.
As noted herein, we may enter into long and short positions in all types of swaps, including total return swaps, rate of return swaps, credit default swaps (including index credit default swaps) and interest rate swaps. We may also
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enter into long and short positions in credit linked securities, which is a form of credit derivative structured as a security with an embedded credit default swap. Credit-linked securities and OTC credit default swaps are bilateral agreements between two parties that transfer a defined credit risk from one party to another.
Derivatives transactions, like other financial transactions, involve a variety of significant risks. The specific risks presented by a particular derivative transaction necessarily depend upon the terms of the transaction and our circumstances. In general, however, all derivative transactions involve some combination of market risk, credit risk, counterparty credit risk, funding risk, liquidity risk and operational risk. Highly customized swaps transactions in particular may increase liquidity risk. Highly leveraged transactions generally experience substantial gains or losses in value as a result of relatively small changes in the value or level of an underlying or related market factor. In evaluating the risks and contractual obligations associated with a particular swap transaction, it is important to consider that a swap transaction generally is modified or terminated only by mutual consent of the original parties and subject to agreement on individually negotiated terms. Therefore, it may not be possible for us to modify, terminate or offset our obligations under a swap or our exposure to the risks associated with a swap prior to its scheduled termination date.
We may enter into transactions involving privately negotiated off-exchange derivative instruments, including total return swaps and other derivative instruments. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular derivative instrument at any particular time, including for those derivative instruments that were originally categorized as liquid at the time they were acquired by us. In volatile markets, we may not be able to close out a position without incurring a significant amount of loss. Although OTC derivative instruments are designed to be tailored to meet particular financing needs and, therefore, typically provide more flexibility than exchange-traded products, the risk of illiquidity is also greater as these instruments can generally be closed out only by negotiation with the other party to the instrument. OTC derivative instruments, unlike exchange-traded instruments, are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, and thus are generally subject to greater credit risks. In addition, we may not be able to convince its counterparty to consent to an early termination of an OTC derivative contract or may not be able to enter into an offsetting transaction to effectively unwind the transaction. Such OTC derivative contracts generally are not assignable except by agreement between the parties concerned, and a counterparty typically has no obligation to permit such assignments. Even if our counterparty agrees to early termination of such OTC derivatives at any time, doing so may subject us to certain early termination charges.
We may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. When we enter into a reverse repurchase agreement, we will sell an asset and concurrently agree to repurchase such asset (or an equivalent asset) at a date in the future at a price roughly equal to the original purchase price plus a negotiated interest rate. In the event of the insolvency of the counterparty to a repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement, recovery of the repurchase price owed us or, in the case of a reverse repurchase agreement, the assets sold by us, may be delayed. Because reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be the practical equivalent of borrowing funds, they constitute a form of leverage and may impact the amount of leverage available to us as a BDC, following the BDC Election. If we reinvest the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement, entering into the agreement may adversely affect our returns.
Defaults by our portfolio companies could jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold which could harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its debt financing and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.
As part of our lending activities, we may in certain opportunistic circumstances originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Any such investment would involve a substantial degree of risk. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company that we fund, we may lose all or part of the amounts advanced to the borrower or may be required to accept collateral with a value less than the amount of the loan advanced by us to the borrower. In addition, to the extent we invest in “covenant-lite” loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower. See “— Our investments in portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investments.
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our portfolio may be focused on a limited number of portfolio companies or industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.
Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our expected qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. While we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be focused on relatively few industries. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly affect our aggregate returns.
An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies.
We intend to invest primarily in privately held companies. Investments in private companies pose certain incremental risks as compared to investments in public companies including that they:
will have reduced access to the capital markets, resulting in diminished capital resources and ability to withstand financial distress;
may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt obligations that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons and, therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on us; and
generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.
In addition, investments in private companies tend to be less liquid. The securities of private companies are not publicly traded or actively traded on the secondary market and may instead, trade on a privately negotiated OTC secondary market for institutional investors. These OTC secondary markets may be inactive during an economic downturn or a credit crisis and in any event often have lower volumes than publicly traded securities even in normal market conditions. In addition, the securities in these companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. If there is no readily available market for these investments, we will be required to carry these investments at fair value as determined by our Adviser. As a result, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded these investments. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, the Adviser or any of its affiliates have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company or where the sale would be an impermissible joint transaction under the 1940 Act. The reduced liquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to dispose of them at a favorable price, and, as a result, we may suffer losses.
Finally, little public information generally exists about private companies and these companies may not have third-party credit ratings or audited financial statements. We will therefore rely on the ability of the Adviser to obtain adequate information through due diligence to evaluate the creditworthiness and potential returns from investing in these companies, and to monitor the activities and performance of these investments. To the extent that we (or other clients of the Adviser) may hold a larger number of investments, greater demands will be placed on the Adviser’s time, resources and personnel in monitoring such investments, which may result in less attention being paid to any individual investment and greater risk that our investment decisions may not be fully informed. Additionally, these
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies and their financial information will not generally be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other rules that govern public companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments.
Certain investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis.
Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of certain investment opportunities. While we generally will not seek to make an investment until the Adviser has conducted sufficient due diligence to make a determination as to the acceptability of the credit quality of the investment and the underlying issuer, in such cases, the information available to the Adviser at the time of making an investment decision may be limited. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Adviser will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment. In addition, the Adviser may rely upon independent consultants in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments. No assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants and we may incur liability as a result of such consultants’ actions, many of whom we will have limited recourse against in the event of any such inaccuracies.
We may not have the funds or ability to make additional investments in our portfolio companies.
After our initial investment in a portfolio company, we may be called upon from time to time to provide additional funds to such company or have the opportunity to increase our investment through the exercise of a warrant or other right to purchase common stock. There is no assurance that we will make, or will have sufficient funds to make, follow-on investments. Even if we do have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, we prefer other opportunities, we will be limited in our ability to do so by compliance with BDC requirements, following the BDC Election, in order to maintain our RIC status, once elected, or otherwise. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by the Adviser’s Allocation Policy. Any decision not to make a follow-on investment or any inability on our part to make such an investment may have a negative impact on a portfolio company in need of such an investment, may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful investment or may reduce the expected return to us on the investment.
The prices of the debt instruments and other securities in which we invest may decline substantially.
Due to market forces or supply/demand imbalances, the prices of the debt instruments and other securities in which we invest may decline substantially. In particular, purchasing debt instruments or other assets at what may appear to be “undervalued” or “discounted” levels is no guarantee that these assets will not be trading at even lower levels at a time of valuation or at the time of sale, if applicable. It may not be possible to predict, or to hedge against, such “spread widening” risk. Additionally, the perceived discount in pricing from previous environments described herein may still not reflect the true value of the assets underlying debt instruments in which the Company invests.
Because our business model in the future may depend to an extent upon relationships with private equity sponsors and intermediaries, the inability of the Adviser or Fortress to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
If the Adviser, Fortress or their affiliates fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with sponsors or other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser, Fortress or their affiliates have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
The credit ratings of certain of our investments may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of such rated instruments.
Although we expect that most of our investments will not be rated by rating agencies, we expect that some investments will be rated instruments. Rating agencies rate debt securities based upon their assessment of the likelihood of the receipt of principal and interest payments. Rating agencies do not consider the risks of fluctuations in market value or other factors that may influence the value of debt securities. Therefore, the credit rating assigned
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to a particular instrument may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment in such instrument. Credit rating agencies may change their methods of evaluating credit risk and determining ratings. These changes may occur quickly and often. While we may give some consideration to ratings, ratings may not be indicative of the actual credit risk of our investments in rated instruments.
We may be liable for unfunded pension liabilities of our portfolio companies.
In at least one circuit, a court found that, in certain circumstances, an investment company could be treated as a “trade or business” for purposes of determining pension liability under the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Therefore, where an investment company owns 80% or more (or, possibly, under certain circumstances, less than 80%) of a portfolio company, such company (and any other 80%-owned portfolio companies of such investment company) might be found liable for certain pension liabilities of such a portfolio company to the extent the portfolio company is unable to satisfy such liabilities. The Company may, from time to time, own an 80% or greater interest in a portfolio company that has unfunded pension fund liabilities. If the Company (or other 80%-owned portfolio companies of the Company) were deemed to be liable for such pension liabilities, this could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and the companies in which the Company invests. This discussion is based on current court decisions, statutes and regulations regarding control group liability under ERISA as in effect as of the date of this Registration Statement, which may change in the future as the case law and guidance develops.
To the extent OID and PIK interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the deferred receipt of cash representing such income.
Our investments may include original issue discount (“OID”) and PIK instruments. To the extent OID and PIK constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with such income being required to be included in income for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP and taxable income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:
OID instruments may have unreliable reported income because the accruals require judgments about collectability or deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;
OID instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower;
For GAAP purposes, cash distributions to Shareholders that include a component of OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of OID income may come from the cash invested by the Shareholders, the 1940 Act does not require that Shareholders be given notice of this fact;
The presence of OID and PIK creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser in the form of Incentive Fees on income based on non-cash OID and PIK accruals that may never be realized; and
In the case of PIK, “toggle” debt, which gives the issuer the option to defer an interest payment in exchange for an increased interest rate in the future, the PIK election has the simultaneous effect of increasing the investment income, thus increasing the potential for realizing Incentive Fees.
We may not be able to realize expected returns on our invested capital.
We may not realize expected returns on our investment in a portfolio company due to changes in the portfolio company’s financial position or due to an acquisition of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company repays our loans prior to their maturity, we may not receive our expected returns on our invested capital. Many of our investments are structured to provide a disincentive for the borrower to pre-pay or call the security, but this call protection may not cover the full expected value of an investment if that investment is repaid prior to maturity.
Middle-market companies operate in a highly acquisitive market with frequent mergers and buyouts. If a portfolio company is acquired or merged with another company prior to drawing on our commitment, we would not realize our expected return. Similarly, in many cases companies will seek to restructure or repay their debt investments or buy our other equity ownership positions as part of an acquisition or merger transaction, which may result in a repayment of debt or other reduction of our investment.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any acquisition or strategic investments that we pursue are subject to risks and uncertainties.
We may pursue growth through acquisitions or strategic investments in new businesses. Completion and timing of any such acquisitions or strategic investments may be subject to a number of contingencies, including the uncertainty in reaching a commercial agreement with our counterparty, our ability to obtain required board, shareholder and regulatory approvals, as well as any required financing (or the risk that these are obtained subject to terms and conditions that are not anticipated). The announcement or consummation of any transaction also may adversely impact our business relationships or engender competitive responses.
Acquisitions could involve numerous additional risks, such as unanticipated litigation, unexpected costs, liabilities, charges or expenses resulting from a transaction, the inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs and any changes in general economic or industry specific conditions. There can be no assurance that the integration of an acquired business will be successful or that an acquired business will prove to be profitable or sustainable. The failure to integrate successfully or to manage the challenges presented by an integration process may adversely impact our financial results. In addition, the proposal and negotiation of acquisitions or strategic investments, whether or not completed, as well as the integration of those businesses into our existing portfolio, could result in substantial expenses and the diversion of our Adviser’s time, attention and resources from our day-to-day operations.
Our ability to manage our growth through acquisitions or strategic investments will depend, in part, on our success in addressing these risks. Any failure to effectively implement our acquisition or strategic investment strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain various required licenses in U.S. states or in any other jurisdiction where they may be required in the future.
We may be required to obtain various state licenses to, among other things, originate commercial loans, and may be required to obtain similar licenses from other authorities, including outside of the United States, in the future in connection with one or more investments. Applying for and obtaining required licenses can be costly and take several months. We cannot assure investors that we will maintain or obtain all of the licenses that we need on a timely basis. We will also be subject to various information and other requirements to maintain and obtain these licenses, and we cannot assure investors that we will satisfy those requirements. Our failure to maintain or obtain licenses that we require, now or in the future, might restrict investment options and have other adverse consequences.
We may not be able to complete certain desired investments because such investments may be subject to regulatory review and approval requirements, including pursuant to foreign investment regulations and review by governmental entities such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States, or may be ultimately prohibited.
Given that Fortress and the Company qualify as Foreign Persons for purposes of CFIUS under the CFIUS Regulations, certain investments made by the Company may be subject to review under CFIUS Regulations.
As a result of such review, the Company may be restricted or prohibited by CFIUS Regulations from making certain investments in U.S. businesses or disposing of certain investments in U.S. businesses based on national security concerns. If the Company is permitted to make such investments, the CFIUS Regulations may place restrictions, obligations or conditions on these investments. Furthermore, other U.S. regulatory bodies may also impose ownership, governance and/or control restrictions on investments by non-U.S. persons, resulting in limitations on the structure through which investments may be held.
It is expected that investors that are Foreign Persons (including Foreign Persons that are affiliates, partners, members, shareholders, officers, directors and employees of Fortress) will be restricted from (among other things) accessing, or having governance rights that allow influence over the safekeeping or release of, personally identifiable information (PII), protected health information (PHI) or other similar information in respect of the Company’s investments in the possession of Fortress (or otherwise), or from controlling the Company’s investments, in each case, as determined by Fortress in its discretion and in a manner consistent with its obligations under the letter and spirit of the CFIUS Regulations.
The Adviser and our Board will be authorized, without the consent of any person, including any shareholder, to take such action as it reasonably determines to be necessary or advisable to comply with or reduce risk arising under the CFIUS Regulations.
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, other countries have implemented (or are in the process of implementing) similar “foreign ownership” regulations that may require governmental approval prior to an investment by the Company, limit the amount of investment by the Company in a particular company, asset or sector or restrict investment by the Company to a specific class of securities of a company that have less advantageous terms than the classes available for purchase by nationals. Certain countries may also require Fortress or the Adviser to obtain additional information from its shareholders or investors in connection with a particular investment. If such information is not obtained or provided, the Company may not be able to complete an investment, may be required to dispose of an investment or may be subject to other adverse consequences as a result.
Any or all of the above factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and there can be no assurance that Fortress will be able to (i) obtain all regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS that may be required by or warranted pursuant to CFIUS Regulations or otherwise that it does not yet have or that it may require in the future, (ii) obtain any necessary modifications to existing regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS, or (iii) maintain required regulatory approvals or agreements with CFIUS. Regulatory impacts on the Company or a delay in obtaining or failure to obtain any regulatory approvals required by the CFIUS Regulations or otherwise, or amendments thereto, or delay or failure to satisfy any regulatory conditions or other applicable requirements could result in an adverse effect on the Company and require attention and resources of Fortress and its executive officers that might otherwise be devoted to the Company.
Risks Related to an Investment in our Shares
Investing in our Shares involves a high degree of risk.
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objectives may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options, including volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our Shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.
The amount of any distributions we may make on our Shares is uncertain. We may not be able to pay distributions, or be able to sustain distributions at any particular level, and our distributions per Share, if any, may not grow over time, and our distributions per Share may be reduced. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, and proceeds from our Offering to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in portfolio companies).
Subject to our Board’s discretion and applicable legal restrictions, following the BDC Election, we intend to authorize and declare cash distributions on a monthly basis and pay such distributions on a monthly basis. We expect to pay distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a consistent level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC may limit our ability to pay distributions. Distributions from offering proceeds also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in debt or equity securities of portfolio companies. All distributions are and will be paid at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations, Delaware law and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our Shareholders in the future.
Our Shares are not listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system and will not be listed for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, our Shareholders will have limited liquidity.
Our Shares are illiquid investments for which there is not a secondary market nor is it expected that any such secondary market will develop in the future. Our Shares are not registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities law and will be restricted as to transfer by law. Shareholders generally may not sell, assign or transfer their shares without prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. At the discretion of the Board and beginning no later than 12 months following the date on which the Company makes the BDC Election, we intend to commence a share repurchase program in which we intend to offer to repurchase up to 5% of our Shares outstanding (either by number of Shares or aggregate NAV) in each quarter. Our
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Board may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program if it deems such action to be in our best interest and the best interest of our Shareholders. As a result, Share repurchases may not be available each quarter, or at all. Shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in us for an indefinite period of time.
A Shareholder’s interest in us will be diluted if we issue additional Shares, which could reduce the overall value of an investment in us.
Our Shareholders do not have preemptive rights to purchase any shares we issue in the future. Our Declaration of Trust authorizes us to issue an indefinite number of Shares. To the extent we issue additional Shares at or below NAV, your percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of your Shares.
As a BDC, pursuant to the 1940 Act, we will generally be prohibited from issuing or selling our Shares at a price below their NAV, which may be a disadvantage as compared with certain public companies. We may, however, sell our Shares, or warrants, options, or rights to acquire our Shares, at a price below the current NAV if our Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our Shareholders, and our Shareholders, including a majority of those Shareholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of the Board, closely approximates the fair value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our Shares, then the percentage ownership of our Shareholders at that time will decrease and you will experience dilution. Depending on the terms and pricing of such offerings and the value of our investments, you may also experience dilution in the NAV and fair value of your Shares.
Our Board may amend our Declaration of Trust without prior Shareholder approval.
So long as an amendment to our Declaration of Trust does not materially alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of our Shares so as to affect them adversely, our Board may, without Shareholder vote, subject to applicable federal and state law and certain exceptions, amend or otherwise supplement our Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust, including without limitation to classify the Board upon notice of our first annual meeting of Shareholders, to require super-majority approval of transactions with significant Shareholders or other provisions that may be characterized as anti-takeover in nature.
Certain provisions of our Declaration of Trust and actions of the Board could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the value of our Shares.
Our Declaration of Trust, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire us. Under the Declaration of Trust, prior to the earlier of (a) a listing of any class of the Company’s shares on a national securities exchange, if any, and (b) the date of notice of the Company’s first annual meeting of Shareholders, each Trustee will hold office for an unlimited term. Upon the occurrence of one of the events listed above, the Board will be divided into three classes and Trustees of each class will hold office for terms ending at the third annual meeting of Shareholders after their election and when their respective successors are elected and qualify. This could prevent Shareholders from removing a majority of trustees in any given election. Additionally, the Board may, without Shareholder action, authorize the issuance of Shares in one or more classes or series, including shares of preferred shares. Our Board will also have the exclusive power to alter, amend or repeal our Bylaws. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holders of our Shares the opportunity to realize a premium over the value of our Shares.
The NAV of our Shares may fluctuate significantly.
The NAV of our Shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:
changes in the value of our portfolio of investments and derivative instruments as a result of changes in market factors, such as interest rate shifts, and also portfolio specific performance, such as portfolio company defaults, among other reasons;
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in law, regulatory policies or tax guidelines, or interpretations thereof, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;
once elected, loss of RIC tax treatment or BDC status;
distributions that exceed our net investment income and net income as reported according to GAAP;
changes in our earnings or variations in our operating results;
changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;
any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors;
departure of the Adviser or certain of its key personnel;
general economic trends and other external factors; and
loss of a major funding source.
Shareholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not elect to reinvest their distributions.
All distributions declared in cash payable to Shareholders will generally be automatically reinvested in Shares of the applicable class of our Shares held by the Shareholder, unless otherwise elected by the Shareholder. As a result, Shareholders that do not elect to reinvest their distributions may experience dilution over time.
Although we expect to adopt a share repurchase program, we have discretion to not repurchase your Shares, to suspend the program, and to cease repurchases.
Our Board may not adopt a share repurchase program, and if such a program is adopted, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, may amend, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time in its discretion. You may not be able to sell your Shares at all in the event our Board amends, suspends or terminates the share repurchase program, absent a liquidity event, and we currently do not intend to undertake a liquidity event, and we are not obligated by our Declaration of Trust or otherwise to effect a liquidity event at any time. We will notify you of such developments in our quarterly reports or other filings. If less than the full amount of Shares requested to be repurchased in any given repurchase offer are repurchased, funds will be allocated pro rata based on the total number of Shares being repurchased without regard to class. The share repurchase program has many limitations and should not be relied upon as a method to sell shares promptly or at a desired price.
The timing of our repurchase offers pursuant to our share repurchase program may be at a time that is disadvantageous to our Shareholders.
In the event you choose to participate in our share repurchase program, you will be required to provide us with notice of intent to participate prior to knowing what the NAV per share of the Shares being repurchased will be on the repurchase date. Although Shareholders will have the ability to withdraw their repurchase request prior to the repurchase date, to the extent a Shareholder seeks to sell Shares to us as part of our periodic share repurchase program, the Shareholder will be required to do so without knowledge of what the repurchase price of our Shares will be on the repurchase date.
If we issue preferred shares or convertible debt securities, the NAV of our Shares may become more volatile.
We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred shares and/or convertible debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to our Shareholders. The issuance of preferred shares, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the NAV of our Shares to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred shares, or the interest rate on the convertible debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of such leverage to our Shareholders would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred shares, or the interest rate on the convertible debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of Shares than if we had not issued the preferred shares or convertible debt securities. Any decline in the NAV of our investment would be borne entirely by our Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in NAV to our Shareholders than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred shares or debt securities. This decline in NAV would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price, if any, for our Shares.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios, which may be required by the preferred shares or convertible debt, or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred shares or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund the redemption of some or all of the preferred shares, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and our Shareholders would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred shares, convertible debt, or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred shares or convertible debt may have different interests than our Shareholders and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.
Preferred shares could be issued with rights and preferences that would adversely affect our Shareholders, including the right to elect certain members of the Board and have class voting rights on certain matters.
Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, the Board is authorized to issue shares of preferred shares in one or more classes or series without Shareholder approval, which could potentially adversely affect the interests of existing Shareholders. For example, the 1940 Act, which we will be subject to following the BDC Election, requires that holders of preferred shares must be entitled as a class to elect two Trustees at all times and to elect a majority of the Trustees if dividends on such preferred shares are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred shares, including and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred shareholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of distributions or dividends, as applicable, to the holders of our Shares and preferred shares, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, if any, might impair our ability to maintain our tax treatment as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Shareholders will likely have conflicting interests with respect to their investments in the Company.
Shareholders will likely have conflicting investment, tax, and other interests with respect to their investments in the Company, including conflicts relating to the structuring of loans and investment acquisitions and dispositions. As a consequence, conflicts will from time to time arise in connection with decisions made by the Adviser regarding an investment that may be more beneficial to one Shareholder than another, especially with respect to tax matters. The results of the Company’s investment activities will affect individual Shareholders differently, depending on their different situations. In structuring and completing investments, the Adviser generally will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and its Shareholders as a whole, not the investment, tax, or other objectives of any Shareholder individually. Thus, there can be no assurance that the structure of the Company or any of its investments will be tax efficient for any particular Shareholder or that any particular tax result will be achieved. In particular, the risk of Shareholders being subject to tax inefficiencies, including taxation under controlled foreign corporation rules in their jurisdiction, withholding tax or other taxation that may arise if certain requirements are not met, or tax timing disadvantages as a result of their participation in the Company may occur and will depend on the individual tax circumstances of each Shareholder.
Our Declaration of Trust provides that state and federal courts in the State of Delaware are the sole and exclusive forum for certain Shareholder litigation matters, which could limit our Shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable or convenient judicial forum for disputes with us or our Trustees and officers.
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, each Trustee, each officer, each Shareholder and each person beneficially owning an interest in any of our Shares (whether through a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise), to the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 3804(e) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “Statutory Trust Act”), (i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or relating in any way to us or our business and affairs, the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs (or similar) doctrine (including, without limitation, any claims, suits, actions or proceedings to interpret, apply or enforce (A) the provisions of this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, or (B) our duties (including fiduciary duties), obligations or liabilities to the Shareholders or the Trustees, or of officers or the Trustees to us, to the Shareholders or each other, or (C) the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Company, the officers, the Trustees or the Shareholders, or (D) any provision of the Statutory Trust Act or other laws of the State of Delaware pertaining to trusts made applicable to the Company pursuant to Section 3809 of the Statutory Trust Act, or (E) any other instrument,
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

document, agreement or certificate contemplated by any provision of the Statutory Trust Act, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws relating in any way to the Company or (F) the federal securities laws of the United States, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, or the securities or antifraud laws of any international, national, state, provincial, territorial, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (regardless, in every case, of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings (x) sound in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, (y) are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or (z) are derivative or direct claims)), shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court in the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction, (ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding, (iii) irrevocably agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts or any other court to which proceedings in such courts may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper, (iv) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (iv) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law, and (v) irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding. As a result, our Shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable or convenient forum for disputes with us or our Trustees and officers may be limited.
In the event that any claim, suit, action or proceeding is commenced outside of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in contravention of the Declaration of Trust, all reasonable and documented out of pocket fees, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, incurred by the prevailing party in such claim, suit, action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the non-prevailing party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision in our Declaration of Trust does not apply to any claims brought under U.S. federal securities law, or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Special considerations for certain “benefit plan investors” and other employee benefit plans, accounts and arrangements subject to similar law.
We intend to conduct our affairs so that our assets should not be deemed to constitute “plan assets” under the Department of Labor regulations issued at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA (the “Plan Asset Regulations”). In this regard, until such time as all classes of our Shares are considered “publicly offered securities” within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, we intend either to limit investment in our Shares so that “benefit plan investors” hold less than 25% of the total value of each class of our Shares (calculated in accordance with the Plan Asset Regulations) or to operate the Company so as to qualify as an “operating company” (within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations).
If, notwithstanding our intent, our assets were deemed to be “plan assets” of any Shareholder that is a “benefit plan investor” under the Plan Asset Regulations, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence, diversification, delegation of control and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by us, if any Shareholder is subject to ERISA, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which we have engaged in or might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Accordingly, absent an exemption, we could be restricted from acquiring an otherwise desirable investment or from entering into an otherwise favorable transaction. In addition, if our assets were to be treated as including plan assets of a “benefit plan investor,” the payment of certain of the fees and/or the allocation of certain of our returns to the Adviser or its affiliates might constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code. If a prohibited transaction occurs for which no exemption is available, the Adviser and/or any other fiduciary that has engaged in the prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. In addition, the party in interest or disqualified person that has participated in the nonexempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. These excise taxes, penalties and liabilities could be substantial.
The Adviser can take any action it determines in good faith so that our assets should not constitute “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. The Adviser’s authority to take such action includes the right to: (1) make structural, operating or other changes with respect to the Company; (2) make structural or other changes in any portfolio investment; (3) dissolve the Company; (4) cancel all or part of any Shareholder’s uncommitted capital commitment (if any); (5) require the Transfer or withdrawal, in whole or in part, of a Shareholder’s Shares;
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or (6) cause the Company to exercise its Limited Exclusion Right (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) to exclude a Shareholder from purchasing Shares from the Company if, in the sole discretion of the Company, there is a substantial likelihood that such Shareholder’s purchase of Shares would, among other things, cause the participation of “benefit plan investors” to be “significant” or our assets to be considered “plan assets” for the purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
The fiduciary of each prospective investor subject to ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or other applicable laws or regulations that are similar to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“Similar Laws”) must independently determine whether our Shares are an appropriate investment for such investor, taking into account any fiduciary obligations under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or other Similar Laws and the facts and circumstances of each such investor. Prospective investors should consult with their own advisors as to the consequences of making an investment in us.
Certain Shareholders will be subject to Exchange Act filing requirements relating to their beneficial ownership of Shares.
Because the Shares will be registered under the Exchange Act, following the BDC Election, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our Shares will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G, Schedule 13D or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, Shareholders who choose to reinvest their distributions may see their percentage stake in us increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each Shareholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, our Shareholders who hold more than 10% of our Shares may be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, which recaptures for our benefit profits from the purchase and sale of registered stock (and securities convertible or exchangeable into such registered stock) within a six-month period.
If Shareholders domiciled or having their registered office in the UK or the European Economic Area participate in the Offering, we may be subject to additional reporting, regulatory and compliance obligations pursuant to the AIFMD.
The Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (the “AIFMD”) regulates the activities of certain private fund managers undertaking fund management activities or marketing fund interests to investors in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) and the UK respectively.
To the extent the Company is actively marketed to investors domiciled or having their registered office in the EEA or the UK: (i) the Company and the Adviser will be subject to certain reporting, disclosure and other compliance obligations under the AIFMD, which will result in the Company incurring additional costs and expenses; (ii) the Company and the Adviser may become subject to additional regulatory or compliance obligations arising under national law in certain EEA jurisdictions or the UK, which would result in the Company incurring additional costs and expenses or may otherwise affect the management and operation of the Company; (iii) the Adviser will be required to make detailed information relating to the Company and its investments available to regulators and third parties; and (iv) the AIFMD will also restrict certain activities of the Company in relation to EEA or UK portfolio companies, including, in some circumstances, the Company’s ability to recapitalize, refinance or potentially restructure a portfolio company within the first two years of ownership, which may in turn affect operations of the Company generally. In addition, it is possible that some jurisdictions will elect to restrict or prohibit the marketing of non-EEA funds to investors based in EEA jurisdictions, which may make it more difficult for the Company to raise its targeted amount of capital commitment.
The European Union is implementing a Directive to amend AIFMD (“AIFMD II”). AIFMD II will impose obligations including: (i) minimum substance considerations that EU regulators will need to take into account during the alternative investment fund manager (the “AIFM”) authorization process; (ii) enhanced requirements around delegation, including additional reporting requirements in relation to delegation arrangements; (iii) new requirements applying to AIFMs managing funds that originate loans; (iv) increased investor pre-contractual disclosure requirements, notably around fees and charges; and (v) a prohibition on non-EU AIFMs and AIFs established in jurisdictions identified as “high risk” countries under the European Anti-Money Laundering Directive (as amended) or the revised EU list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions. The final text of AIFMD II was published in the Official Journal of the European Union in March 2024, with AIFMD II due to be implemented by EU Member States from 2026. It is possible that AIFMD II may require additional costs, expenses and/or resources, as well as restricting or prohibiting certain activities, including in relation to loan-originating funds and managers or funds established in jurisdictions outside the EU identified as having anti-money laundering and/or tax failings.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Those Shareholders that are obligated to fund drawdowns may need to maintain a substantial portion of the amount of their unfunded capital commitments in assets that can be readily converted to cash.
Certain Shareholders may be obligated to fund drawdowns to purchase Shares based on their capital commitment made pursuant to subscription agreements entered into with the Company. To satisfy such obligations, Shareholders may need to maintain a substantial portion of their capital commitments in assets that can be readily converted to cash. Failure by a Shareholder to timely fund its capital commitment may result in some of its Shares being forfeited or subject the Shareholder to other remedies available to us. Please see Section 5 of the form of Subscription Agreement attached as an exhibit to this Registration Statement for additional details. Failure of a Shareholder to contribute its capital commitment could also cause us to be unable to realize our investment objectives. A default by a substantial number of Shareholders or by one or more Shareholders who have made substantial capital commitments would limit our opportunities for investment or diversification and would likely reduce our returns.
Shareholders who default on their capital commitments to us will be subject to significant adverse consequences.
Pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreements entered into between the Company and certain Shareholders, there are significant adverse consequences if a Shareholder defaults on its capital commitment to us. In addition to losing its right to participate in future drawdowns, a defaulting Shareholder may be forced to transfer its Shares to a third party for a price that is less than the NAV of such Shares.
Shareholders will bear varying total expenses and experience different returns, depending on whether their capital commitments are fully funded at the time their subscription agreements are accepted or drawn down over time by us.
Investors in the Offering will enter into subscription agreements with the Company pursuant to which they will agree to purchase Shares. We may allow certain Shareholders to fund their investment in the Company over time through drawdowns of their capital commitments, in lieu of fully funding their investment at one time on the date their subscription agreements are accepted. In addition, from time to time, although purchases pursuant to drawdown notices will generally be made pro rata among Shareholders who are funding drawdowns over time, we may only issue drawdown notices to certain Shareholders and require a purchase of Shares by such Shareholders in amounts determined by us. As a result, depending on when a Shareholder funds its investment, and when drawdown notices are issued by us over time, Shareholders will bear varying expenses and experience different returns.
Shareholders that fully fund their investment in connection with the acceptance of their subscription agreements may bear a disproportionately greater share of our expenses, including the Management Fee and any Incentive Fee, than Shareholders who have their capital commitment called over time. Conversely, Shareholders who fully fund their investment during periods where the Adviser has elected to assume Expense Payments pursuant to the Expense Support Agreement may bear a disproportionately lesser share of our expenses than Shareholders whose capital is called during periods where the Adviser is not bearing those Expense Payments. We cannot predict when we will issue drawdown notices or in what amounts we will call capital from Shareholders. We also cannot predict if or when the Adviser may assume Expense Payments or if or when Reimbursement Payments will be made by us, and, indirectly, Shareholders.
Similarly, depending on when a Shareholder’s investment is funded, relative expenses of ours that are indirectly borne by that Shareholder, and the availability of suitable investment opportunities, Shareholders that fund their investments at different times will experience different rates of return. Depending on the timing of, and our ability to source and make investments, our performance over time, and the costs associated with an investment in our Shares, any one Shareholder may experience a better or worse rate of return than other Shareholders.
Risks Related to Federal Income Taxation
We cannot predict how tax reform legislation will affect us, our investments, or our Shareholders, and any such legislation could adversely affect our business.
All statements contained herein concerning the U.S. federal income tax (or other tax) consequences of an investment in the Company are based on existing law and interpretations thereof. Changes in U.S. federal income tax (and other) tax laws could materially affect the tax consequences of a Shareholder’s investment in the Company, the tax treatment of the Company’s investments and our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC. U.S. and other tax legislation may be enacted in the future, and administrative tax guidance may also be issued in the future, in each
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

case possibly with retroactive effect. While certain changes in tax laws may be beneficial, others could significantly and negatively affect our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to us and our Shareholders of such qualification, or could have other adverse consequences. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the currently anticipated tax consequences of an investment in the Company, or of the Company’s investments, will not be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative changes, including with retroactive effect. Shareholders are urged to consult with tax advisors regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in our securities.
We expect to be subject to the partnership audit tax rules applicable to partnerships until the RIC Election Date.
For taxable periods prior to the RIC Election Date, U.S. federal income taxes arising from an IRS audit of the Company will be paid by the Company absent an election to the contrary. In addition, a “partnership representative” will generally have the power to act on behalf of the Company and its Shareholders in all IRS audits and other proceedings involving the Company’s U.S. federal income, loss, deductions and credits.
For taxable periods prior to the RIC Election Date, our Shareholders are generally expected to be allocated and taxed on our taxable income, and may have income tax liability in excess of distributions.
The Company is expected to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes for taxable periods prior to the RIC Election Date. As a partnership, the Company will not itself be subject to U.S. federal income tax, and each Shareholder will be taxed on its share of taxable income from the Company, regardless of whether it has received any distributions from the Company. Such taxable income (i.e., taxable income without an accompanying cash distribution) is commonly referred to as “phantom” or “dry” income. Due to possible differences between the allocation of gain or income for applicable tax purposes and distribution of cash relating to gain or income (including possible timing differences), there can be no assurance that Shareholders who are subject to tax on the allocated gain or income will receive distributions sufficient to satisfy their tax liabilities fully. Further, there can be no assurance that the Company will have sufficient cash flow to enable it to make distributions in the amount necessary for payment of all tax liability resulting from that Shareholder’s ownership of an interest in the Company prior to the RIC Election Date. Accordingly, each Shareholder should ensure that it has sufficient reserves or cash flow from other sources to pay all tax liabilities resulting from such Shareholder’s ownership of interests in the Company prior to the RIC Election Date. Prospective investors are urged to consult with tax advisors with specific reference to their own situations concerning an investment in the Company.
It is possible that the Company may not be able to provide final tax filing information to Shareholders prior to the initial tax filing deadlines for Shareholder tax returns.
For taxable years prior to the RIC Election Date, the Company may not be able to provide final tax filing information to Shareholders for any given fiscal year until after the initial tax filing deadlines for Shareholder tax returns. Accordingly, Shareholders should plan to obtain extensions of the filing dates for their income tax returns for such taxable years. Each prospective investor should consult with its own adviser as to the advisability and tax consequences of an investment in the Company prior to the RIC Election Date.
Tax-exempt Shareholders that hold Shares prior to the RIC Election Date will likely recognize some amount of “unrelated business taxable income.”
An organization that is otherwise exempt from U.S. federal income tax is nonetheless subject to taxation with respect to its “unrelated business taxable income” within the meaning of Section 512 of the Code (“UBTI”). A tax-exempt partner in a partnership (or an entity treated as partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that regularly engages in a trade or business that is unrelated to the exempt function of the tax-exempt partner must include in computing its UBTI, its pro rata share (whether or not distributed) of such partnership’s gross income derived from such unrelated trade or business. Moreover, such tax-exempt partner could be treated as earning UBTI to the extent that such entity derives income from “debt-financed property,” or if the partnership interest itself is debt financed. Accordingly, a tax-exempt Shareholder in the Company must include in computing its UBTI its pro rata share (whether or not distributed) of the Company’s gross income derived from such unrelated trade or business. For certain types of tax-exempt entities, the receipt of any UBTI might have extremely adverse consequences. For example, for a charitable remainder trust, UBTI is subject to a special excise tax equal to the amount of the UBTI. Tax-exempt Shareholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning interests in the Company prior to the RIC Election Date. A tax-exempt Shareholder that wishes to minimize recognition of UBTI should consider holding its Shares prior to the RIC Election Date through Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A substantial portion of the Company’s income will likely be treated as effectively connected income with respect to Non-U.S. Shareholders that hold Shares prior to the RIC Election Date.
Because the Company expects to directly originate loans, all or a substantial portion of its income will likely be treated as “effectively connected” with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. within the meaning of Section 864 of the Code (“ECI”) with respect to non-U.S. persons. To the extent that the Company’s income is treated as ECI, non-U.S. Shareholders in the Company generally would be required to (i) file a U.S. federal income tax return for such year reporting their allocable portion, if any, of our income or loss effectively connected with such trade or business and (ii) pay U.S. federal income tax at regular U.S. tax rates on any such income. Non-U.S. Shareholders that are corporations also would be required to pay branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by applicable treaty). The sale or other disposition of an interest in the Company by a non-U.S. Shareholder (including in connection with any distribution treated as a disguised sale for U.S. tax purposes or a redemption by the Company) will be subject to a 10% withholding tax if the sale or other disposition would give rise to any amount of gain treated as ECI. The withholding is based on gross proceeds received from the transferee plus the transferor’s share of our debt at the time of such sale or other disposition. There can be no assurance that a transferee will not seek to withhold amounts, or seek to withhold more than 10% of the cash proceeds from the consideration for the sale or other disposition. A non-U.S. Shareholder that wishes to avoid recognizing ECI should consider holding its Shares prior to the RIC Election Date through Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC.
It may not be possible to effect the Reorganization in a tax-efficient manner.
It is intended that any Reorganization would be conducted in a tax-efficient manner. It may not be possible, however, to effect a Reorganization on a tax-free basis such that no gain or loss is recognized by Shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a Reorganization were unable to be effected on a tax-free basis, Fortress may proceed with a Reorganization as a taxable transaction or may consider other alternatives.
In addition, if a Reorganization is effected on a tax-free basis, Fortress intends to cause the Company to make a “deemed sale election” under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.337(d)-7 with respect to such Reorganization, which would result in gain to Shareholders that hold Shares prior to the RIC Election Date which are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of their allocable share of the Company's built-in gain. Shareholders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult with tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an election.
We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify for and maintain our tax treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code or if we make investments through taxable subsidiaries.
To qualify for and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. See “Item 1. Business — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.
The Annual Distribution Requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our Shareholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. In addition, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by disbursing distributions relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M. We would be taxed, at regular corporate rates, on retained income and/or gains, including any short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains. Because we may use debt financing, we will be subject to (i) an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may, in the future, be subject to (ii) certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or choose to, or are required to, retain a portion of our taxable income or gains, we could (1) be required to pay income and/or excise taxes or (2) fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment, and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax on all our taxable income (including gains) regardless of whether or not such income and gains are distributed to Shareholders.
The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our annual income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or securities, net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” or other income derived from the business of investing in stock or securities.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Specifically, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash-equivalents (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities if such securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.
If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.
We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the net taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We may invest in certain non-U.S. debt and equity investments which could be subject to non-U.S. taxes (such as income tax, withholding, and value added taxes).
We may have difficulty making our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK, secondary market purchases of debt securities at a discount to par, interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as unrealized appreciation for foreign currency forward contracts and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Furthermore, we may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate-level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require us to recognize income where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.
Unrealized appreciation on derivatives, such as foreign currency forward contracts, may be included in taxable income while the receipt of cash may occur in a subsequent period when the related contract expires. Any unrealized depreciation on investments that the foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge are not currently deductible for tax purposes. This can result in increased taxable income whereby, following the RIC Election Date, we may not have sufficient cash to pay distributions or we may opt to retain such taxable income and pay a 4% excise tax on such undistributed taxable income, as required. In such cases we could still rely upon the “spillback provisions” to maintain RIC tax treatment.
We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute OID or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we may elect to amortize market discounts with respect to debt securities acquired in the secondary market and include such amounts in our taxable income in the current year, instead of upon disposition, as an election not to do so would limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes. Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual for taxable years including and following the taxable year that begins on the RIC Election Date, we may be required to make a distribution to our Shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even if we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, make a partial share distribution, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

cash from other sources, and choose not to make a qualifying share distribution, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.
If we are not treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code following the RIC Election Date, certain U.S. Shareholders will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. Shareholders’ allocable share of the Management Fee and Incentive Fees paid to the Adviser and some of our expenses, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. Shareholders.
In order to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” our Shares must be (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering within the meaning of Section 4 of the Securities Act, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. While we anticipate that we will constitute a publicly offered RIC following the RIC Election Date, there can be no assurance that we will in fact so qualify for any of our taxable years. Unless and until we are treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, each U.S. Shareholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. Shareholder’s allocable share of the Management Fee and Incentive Fees paid to the Adviser and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. Shareholder. Under current law, miscellaneous itemized deductions are disallowed for non-corporate taxpayers through the 2025 taxable year.
General Risk Factors
We may experience fluctuations in our operating results.
We may experience fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, interest rates and default rates on the debt investments we make, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized gains or losses, unrealized appreciation or depreciation, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods. These occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, the value of your investment in us and our ability to pay distributions to you and our other Shareholders.
We will expend significant financial and other resources to comply with the requirements of being a reporting entity under the Exchange Act.
Following the BDC Election, as a BDC, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight are required. We will implement procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to reporting companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, and may require significant expenditures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We also expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps, and, among other things, trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance, Trustee fees, reporting requirements to the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to our Administrator to compensate them for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and other similar expenses. We cannot be certain when these activities will be completed or the impact of the same on our operations. In addition, we may be unable to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal controls over financial reporting are or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls and maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.
The systems and resources necessary to comply with applicable reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other reporting companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. See “— We will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Shares less attractive to investors.
We do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls.
We will not be required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of that statute (“Section 404”), and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act until the earlier of (i) our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2026 or (ii) the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of building out our internal controls over financial reporting and establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company.
Additionally, we will begin the process of documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act or become a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. As a public entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC, and result in a breach of the covenants under the agreements governing any of our financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements could also suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.
Our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in their implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.
We will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Shares less attractive to investors.
We are and will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the date of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on some or all of these exemptions.
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our common shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company.
We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.
Our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our debt investments during these periods. In the past, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, in past periods of instability, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. In addition, continued uncertainty with respect to trade policies, treaties, and tariffs, and the rising conflicts in Russia and Ukraine and the Middle East, and imposition by the U.S. and other countries of sanctions or other restrictive actions against Russia, among other factors, have caused disruption in the global markets. There can be no assurance that market conditions will not worsen in the future.
In an economic downturn, we may have non-performing assets or non-performing assets may increase, and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may also decrease the value of any collateral securing our loans. A severe recession may further decrease the value of such collateral and result in losses of value in our portfolio and a decrease in our revenues, net income, assets and net worth. Unfavorable economic conditions, including rising interest rates, also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us on terms we deem acceptable. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on the portfolio company’s secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold. See “Risks Related to Our InvestmentsDefaults by our portfolio companies could jeopardize a portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity investments that we hold which could harm our operating results.” We may incur additional expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we will actually provide significant managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors.
We are subject to the risk that one or more of the Financial Institutions or some or all of our portfolio assets experience a Distress Event.
An investment in the Company is subject to the risk that one of the banks, brokers, hedging counterparties, lenders or other custodians (each, a “Financial Institution”) of some or all of the Company’s (or any portfolio company’s) assets fails to timely perform its obligations or experiences insolvency, closure, receivership or other financial distress or difficulty (each, a “Distress Event”). Distress Events can be caused by factors including eroding market sentiment, significant withdrawals, fraud, malfeasance, poor performance or accounting irregularities. If a Financial Institution experiences a Distress Event, the Adviser, the Company or one of its portfolio companies may
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be able to access deposits, borrowing facilities or other services, either permanently or for an extended period of time. Although assets held by regulated Financial Institutions in the United States frequently are insured up to stated balance amounts by organizations such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of banks, and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, in the case of certain broker-dealers, amounts in excess of the relevant insurance are subject to risk of total loss, and any non-U.S. Financial Institutions that are not subject to similar regimes pose increased risk of loss. While in recent years governmental intervention has often resulted in additional protections for depositors and counterparties during Distress Events, there can be no assurance that such intervention will occur in a future Distress Event or that any such intervention undertaken will be successful or avoid the risks of loss, substantial delays or negative impact on banking or brokerage conditions or markets.
Any Distress Event has a potentially adverse effect on the ability of the Adviser to manage the Company’s investments, and on the ability of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Company and any portfolio company to maintain operations, which in each case could result in significant losses and in unconsummated investment acquisitions and dispositions. Such losses could include: a loss of funds; an obligation to pay fees and expenses in the event the Company is not able to close a transaction (whether due to the inability to draw capital on a credit line provided by a Financial Institution experiencing a Distress Event or otherwise); the inability of the Company to acquire or dispose of investments, or acquire or dispose of such investments at prices that the Adviser believes reflect the fair value of such investments; and the inability of portfolio companies to make payroll, fulfill obligations or maintain operations. If a Distress Event leads to a loss of access to a Financial Institution’s services, it is also possible that the Company or a portfolio company will incur additional expenses or delays in putting in place alternative arrangements or that such alternative arrangements will be less favorable than those formerly in place (with respect to economic terms, service levels, access to capital, or otherwise). To the extent the Adviser is able to exercise contractual remedies under agreements with Financial Institutions in the event of a Distress Event, there can be no assurance that such remedies will be successful or avoid losses, delays or other impacts. The Company and its portfolio companies are subject to similar risks if a Financial Institution utilized by investors in the Company or by suppliers, vendors, service providers or other counterparties of the Company or a portfolio company becomes subject to a Distress Event, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Many Financial Institutions require, as a condition to using their services (including lending services), that the Adviser and/or the Company maintain all or a set amount or percentage of their respective accounts or assets with the Financial Institution, which heightens the risks associated with a Distress Event with respect to such Financial Institutions. The Adviser is under no obligation to use a minimum number of Financial Institutions with respect to the Company or to maintain account balances at or below the relevant insured amounts.
Further, Distress Events such as the current turmoil of the U.S. banking system raise fears of broader financial contagion, and it is not certain what impact this will have on financial markets. Any deterioration of the global financial markets (particularly the U.S. debt markets), any possible future failures of certain financial services companies and a significant rise in market perception of counterparty default risk, interest rates or taxes will likely significantly reduce investor demand and liquidity for investment grade, high-yield and senior bank debt, which in turn is likely to lead some investment banks and other lenders to be unwilling or significantly less willing to finance new investments or to offer less favorable terms than had been prevailing in the recent past. The tightening of availability of credit to businesses generally could lead to an overall weakening of the U.S. and global economies, which in turn is likely to adversely affect the ability of the Company to sell or liquidate investments at favorable times or at favorable prices or otherwise have an adverse effect on the business and operations of the Company. In addition, valuations of the Company’s investments are subject to heightened uncertainty as the result of market volatility and disruption. To the extent the Company is unable to obtain favorable financing terms for its portfolio investments or sell investments on favorable terms, the Company’s ability to generate attractive investment returns for its Shareholders is expected to be adversely affected.
Credit funds have been the subject of increasing regulatory focus at international and regional levels.
Credit funds have been the subject of increasing regulatory focus at international and regional levels. To the extent that the Company is engaged in lending activity, it may be subject to restrictions on its activities and be obliged to comply with regulatory reporting and disclosure requirements in accordance with AIFMD II and/or other future regulatory initiatives. This may impact upon the activities and/or returns of the Company, lead to additional costs and expenses, and/or require the commitment of additional resources.
The International Organisation of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) and the Financial Stability Board (FSB) have called on regulators to consider issues arising from the rapid growth in private finance, including in relation to
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

systemic risk, transparency, leverage, liquidity, and conflicts of interest. It is likely that regulators will continue to focus on the credit funds sector and may introduce further regulatory requirements in the future.
From 2026, AIFMD II will introduce rules in respect of funds that originate loans, including in relation to (a) leverage limits, (b) liquidity requirements for open-ended loan-originating funds, (c) a limit on exposure to a single financial institution, (d) a prohibition on lending to certain entities and/or individuals that may give rise to conflicts of interest, (e) a ban on ‘originate-to-distribute’ strategies, (f) a risk retention requirement, (g) mandatory disclosures and reporting, and (h) policies and procedures for loan origination.
It is not yet confirmed whether or not the AIFMD II requirements in respect of funds originating loans will apply to non-EEA AIFMs. The Company may or may not, therefore, be required to comply with the AIFMD II restrictions on funds originating loans. If the Company is required to comply with the AIFMD II restrictions, this could affect the Company’s investment portfolio, require the implementation of policies and procedures for loan origination and lead to an increase in the resources and costs necessary for compliance.
We are subject to risks related to ESG matters.
Depending on the investment, the impact of developments connected with environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) factors, including worker health and safety, environmental compliance, and bribery and corruption, could have a material effect on the return and risk profile of the investment. The act of selecting and evaluating material ESG factors is subjective by nature, and the Adviser may be subject to competing demands from different investors and other stakeholder groups with divergent views on ESG matters, including the role of ESG in the investment process. There is no guarantee that the criteria utilized or judgment exercised by the Adviser or a third-party ESG advisor will reflect the beliefs or values, internal policies or preferred practices of any particular Shareholder or other asset managers or reflect market trends. Conversely, anti-ESG sentiment also has gained momentum across the U.S., with several states and Congress having proposed or enacted “anti-ESG” policies, legislation or initiatives and certain states having issued related legal guidance and advisory opinions. Additionally, asset managers have been subject to recent scrutiny related to ESG-focused industry working groups, initiatives and associations, including organizations advancing action to address climate change or climate-related risk. Such scrutiny could expose Fortress to the risk of antitrust investigations or challenges by state or federal authorities, result in reputational harm, require certain investors to divest or discourage certain investors from investing in Fortress funds. There are also significant differences in interpretations of what ESG characteristics mean by region, industry and topic, as well as interpretations of their scope and materiality.
Considering ESG factors when evaluating an investment in certain circumstances could, to the extent material risks associated with an investment are identified, cause the Adviser not to make an investment that it would have made or to make a management decision with respect to an investment differently than it would have made in the absence of such consideration, which carries the risk that the Company could perform differently than investment funds that do not take ESG factors into account. Additionally, ESG factors are only some of the many factors that the Adviser expects to consider in making an investment. Although the Adviser will consider application of ESG considerations to be an opportunity to enhance or protect the performance of its investments over the long-term, the Adviser cannot guarantee that doing so, which will include qualitative judgments, will positively impact the performance of any individual investment or the Company as a whole.
The materiality of ESG risks and impacts on an individual asset or issuer and on a portfolio as a whole depends on many factors, including the relevant industry, location, asset class and investment style. In evaluating a prospective investment’s ESG practices, the Adviser may depend upon information and data provided by the entity or obtained via third-party reporting or advisors, which could be incomplete or inaccurate and could cause the Adviser to incorrectly identify, prioritize, assess or analyze the entity’s ESG practices and/or related risks and opportunities. In addition, the Adviser’s ESG framework, including associated procedures and practices, is expected to change over time.
Finally, there is also growing regulatory interest, particularly in the U.S., UK, and EU (which may be looked to as models in growth markets), in improving transparency around how asset managers define and measure ESG performance, in order to allow investors to validate and better understand sustainability claims. There could also be an increase in related enforcement through efforts such as those of the SEC’s Climate and ESG Enforcement Task Force, established in March 2021. The Adviser’s ESG practices and the Adviser could become subject to additional
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulation in the future, and the Adviser cannot guarantee that its current approach or the Company’s investments will meet future regulatory requirements or predict the manner in which any such future requirements (including any enforcement with respect thereto) could affect the Company or its investments, including with respect to future administrative burdens and costs.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 2.
Financial Information
The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
Overview
We were formed as a Delaware statutory trust on January 25, 2024 that intends to operate as an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company and we will elect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act.
We are externally managed by our Adviser, a subsidiary of Fortress, a leading global investment management firm, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Adviser is responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Administrator, a subsidiary of Fortress, provides certain administrative and other services necessary for us to operate.
Prior to electing to be regulated as a BDC, we are operating as a private fund in reliance on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. Subject to our Board’s discretion and applicable legal restrictions, following the BDC Election, we intend to make distributions to our Shareholders on a monthly basis out of assets legally available for distribution. Any distributions we make will be paid at the sole discretion of our Board.
Our investment objectives are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation, primarily by investing in U.S. middle-market companies through the direct origination or acquisition of first lien senior secured loans (including “unitranche” loans, which are loans that combine both senior and subordinated debt, generally in a first lien position) and, to a lesser extent, second lien senior secured loans. While most of our investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject to compliance with BDC regulatory requirements to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets”, which include private U.S. companies), we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in non-qualifying assets, including companies located outside of the U.S., entities that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions under the 1940 Act, as applicable, and publicly traded entities whose public equity market capitalization exceeds the levels provided for under the 1940 Act, as applicable. As such, we expect to invest, from time to time, in European and other non-U.S. companies. We generally consider middle-market companies to consist of companies with $25 million to $250 million of EBITDA, although we may from time to time invest in smaller companies and other instruments if the Adviser believes that the opportunity presents attractive investment characteristics and risk-adjusted returns.
To seek to enhance our returns, we intend to employ leverage as market conditions permit and at the discretion of the Adviser, but in no event, following the BDC Election, will leverage employed exceed the limitations set forth in the 1940 Act. We expect to use leverage in the form of borrowings, including loans from certain financial institutions, and the issuance of debt securities. In connection with the BDC Election, we expect that our initial Shareholders will approve a proposal to permit us to reduce our asset coverage from 200% to 150%, which means for every $100 of net assets the Company holds, the Company may raise $200 from borrowing and issuing senior securities (including debt and preferred shares). Any such leverage, if incurred, would be expected to increase the total capital available for investment by the Company. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — We may borrow money, which magnifies the potential for gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in us.”
As a BDC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally will have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities and indebtedness of private U.S. companies and certain public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. We also may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in non-qualifying assets, as permitted by the 1940 Act. Specifically, as part of this 30% basket, we may invest in entities that are not considered “eligible portfolio companies” (as defined in the 1940 Act), including companies located outside of the United States, entities that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions under the 1940 Act, and publicly traded entities whose public equity market capitalization exceeds the levels provided for under the 1940 Act. In
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

addition, we have applied for, and expect to be granted, the Co-Investment Exemptive Order. Co-investments made under the Co-Investment Exemptive Order will be subject to compliance with certain conditions and other requirements, which could limit our ability to participate in a co-investment transaction. We may also otherwise co-invest with funds managed by Fortress or any of its downstream affiliates, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our Adviser’s Allocation Policy.
See “Item 1. Business — Fortress” for more information about our investment strategies. Our investments are subject to a number of risks. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Subscription Facility
On March 7, 2025, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility with a major financial institution for a total commitment of $400 million. The scheduled maturity date of the Subscription Facility is March 6, 2026. The Subscription Facility can be drawn upon, at the discretion of the Company, for any purpose expressly permitted in the Company’s organizational and offering documents, including to purchase portfolio investments and for working capital purposes. The Subscription Facility is secured by the unfunded commitments of the Seed Investors. The interest rate generally applicable to the loans advanced under the Subscription Facility is the applicable SOFR rate plus 2.35% per annum. The deferred financing costs on the Subscription Facility amounted to $1.2 million. This amount has been deferred and is being amortized through maturity.
As of March 31, 2025, the outstanding balance on the Subscription Facility was $2.2 million. The unused commitment fee under the revolving credit facility is 0.30% per annum. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not entered into any credit facilities.
Recent Developments
On April 28, 2025, the Company entered into an amendment to the Subscription Facility to add a lender and increase the total lender commitment to $470 million. From March 31, 2025 through June 3, 2025, the Company borrowed $107.4 million on the Subscription Facility.
As of March 31, 2025, the Company had received capital commitments totaling approximately $638 million from the Seed Investors, all of which remains undrawn, of which $50,000 was from an affiliate of the Adviser.
From March 31, 2025 through June 3, 2025 the Company funded $109.5 million of loan investments with $120.2 million of commitments.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are and will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the date of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the date of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our Shares less attractive because we may rely on some or all of these exemptions. Also, because we are not a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer under Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, and will not be for so long as our Shares are not traded on a securities exchange, we will not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act even once we are no longer an emerging growth company.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Basis of Presentation
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the use of estimates, assumptions and the exercise of subjective judgment as to future uncertainties.
Revenues
We plan to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation, primarily by investing in U.S. middle-market companies through the direct origination or acquisition of first lien senior secured loans (including “unitranche” loans, which are loans that combine both senior and subordinated debt, generally in a first lien position) and, to a lesser extent, second lien senior secured loans.
Expenses
The services of all investment professionals of our Adviser and its staff, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services to us and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by our Adviser. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “Item 1. Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” for a description of the Investment Advisory Agreement and Note 6 to our consolidated financial statement as of March 31, 2025 that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement for more information on fees and expenses.
From time to time, our Adviser, our Administrator or their affiliates may pay third-party providers of goods or services. We will reimburse our Adviser, our Administrator or such affiliates thereof for any such amounts paid on our behalf. From time to time, our Adviser or our Administrator may defer or waive fees and/or rights to be reimbursed for expenses.
For a discussion of the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee payable to the Adviser, see “Item 1. Business — Management Fee” and “Item 1. Business — Incentive Fee,” respectively.
Amended and Restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
We have entered into the Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser may elect to pay certain of the Company’s expenses on the Company’s behalf. The Adviser has agreed to advance all of the Company’s organization and initial offering expense, subject to recoupment, which will be amortized over a 36-month period beginning upon the date of the BDC Election. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Company will bear the costs associated with its organization and initial offering expenses. See “Item 1. Business — Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement” for a description of the Expense Support Agreement.
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our current liquidity and capital resources are expected to be generated primarily from the proceeds received from the sale of Shares, and cash flows from our operations and advances from any credit facilities we may enter into. Further, we expect to generate additional liquidity and capital resources from the net proceeds of any future offerings of our debt or equity securities, and any financing arrangements we may enter into in the future.
Our primary uses of cash will be for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying our Adviser and our Administrator), (iii) the cost of any borrowings or other financing arrangements and (iv) cash distributions to the holders of our Shares.
Upon the BDC Election, in accordance with the 1940 Act, we may borrow amounts such that our asset coverage calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, is at least 200% (or 150% if certain requirements under the 1940 Act are met) immediately after such borrowing. In connection with the BDC Election, we expect that our initial Shareholders will approve a proposal to permit us to reduce our asset coverage from 200% to 150%, in which case we will be able to borrow up to two dollars for every dollar we have in assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities issued by us.
We may from time to time seek to retire or repurchase our Shares through cash purchases, as well as retire, cancel or purchase any of our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. We intend to conduct any such repurchases of our Shares pursuant to the terms of tender offers in accordance with the requirements of Rule 13e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and the 1940 Act, with the terms of such tender offer published in a tender offer statement to be sent to all Shareholders and filed with the SEC on Schedule TO. The amounts involved may be material. In addition, we may from time to time enter into new debt facilities, increase the size of existing facilities or issue debt securities, including secured debt, unsecured debt and/or debt securities convertible into common stock. Any such purchases or exchanges of common stock or outstanding debt, or incurrence or issuance of additional debt would be subject to prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual and regulatory restrictions and other factors.
Critical Accounting Estimates
This discussion of our operating plans is based upon our financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. The critical accounting estimates should be read in conjunction with the risk factors elsewhere in this Registration Statement. See our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2025 that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement for more information on critical accounting policies.
Fair Value Measurements
Investments held by the Company are valued in accordance with the provisions of ASC 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (``ASC 820-10”). ASC 820-10 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP and expands disclosure of fair value measurements. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are classified and disclosed based upon a fair value hierarchy as described below. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes and ranks the levels of observability of inputs used in measuring investments at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by multiple factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from quoted prices in active markets will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment applied in determining fair value. Levels are based on the lowest level of significant input to valuation.
The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 – price quotes (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities that are available in active markets to which the Company has access to at the measurement date. The Company classifies unrestricted securities listed in active markets as Level 1. The Company does not adjust the quoted price for these assets or liabilities, even in situations where the Company holds a large position except where such assets or liabilities are materially restricted and such restriction transfers to the purchasers upon disposition.
Level 2 – pricing inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are directly or indirectly observable at the measurement date. This category includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets (including actionable bids from third parties for privately held assets or liabilities), and observable inputs other than quoted prices such as yield curves and forward currency rates that are entered directly into valuation models to determine the value of derivative contracts or other assets or liabilities. The Company classifies swaps and forward foreign currency contracts with observable inputs as Level 2.
Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability are used where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date and is based upon the Adviser or third-party’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. These investments include debt and equity investments in private or real estate companies or assets valued using the market or income approach and may involve pricing models whose inputs require significant judgment or estimation because of the absence of any meaningful current market data for identical or similar investments. The inputs in these valuations may include, but are not limited to, discount rates, interest rate volatility, recovery rates, multiple on invested capital (MOIC) and EBITDA multiples.
Valuations based upon information from third parties, such as broker quotes and third-party valuation services, in consultation with management, which are based significantly on unobservable inputs or are otherwise not supportable as Level 2 inputs are classified as Level 3. Level 3 investments also include certain investments in affiliates whereby the underlying investments within the affiliated entities can be classified under Level 1, 2 or 3.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company follows ASC 825-10, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASC 825-10”), which provides companies the option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. ASC 825-10 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities and to more easily understand the effect of our choice to use fair value on its earnings. ASC 825-10 also requires entities to display the fair value of the selected assets and liabilities on the face of the balance sheet. We have not elected the ASC 825-10 option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may encounter significant credit, market and liquidity risks. Credit risk is the risk of default of investments including loans, securities or derivatives, as applicable, which result from a borrower's or counterparty's inability or unwillingness to make required or expected payments.
Market risk reflects adverse changes in the value of investments loans, securities or derivatives, as applicable, due to changes in interest rates, prevailing credit spreads, foreign currency exchange rates, general economic conditions, financial market conditions, domestic or international economic or political events (including wars, terrorist acts or security operations), developments or trends in any particular industry, natural disasters, pandemics or health crises and the financial condition of the obligors on the Company's assets.
The Company's borrowing capacity is subject to the ability of the financial institutions in the banking syndicate to fulfill their respective obligations under the revolving credit facilities.
Investment Valuation Risk
There is not a public market or active secondary market for many of the types of investments in privately held companies that we intend to hold and make. As a result, we will value these investments monthly at fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with valuation policy and procedures approved by our Board. Following the BDC Election, in accordance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, our Board is expected to designate the Adviser to serve as the Valuation Designee. Subject to the oversight of our Board, the Adviser will value our investments, no less frequently than monthly, including with the assistance of one or more independent valuation firms. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of such investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that may ultimately be realized. Further, such investments are generally less liquid than publicly traded securities and may be subject to contractual and other restrictions on resale. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, it could realize amounts that are different from the amounts presented and such differences could be material. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the unrealized gains or losses reflected in the valuations currently assigned. See “Item 1. Business – Determination of NAV.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not be able to sell assets when it desires to do so or to realize what it estimates to be their fair value in the event of a sale. Due to the nature of the Company’s strategy, the Company’s portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments having a greater amount of both market and credit risk than other investments. These investments trade in a limited market, may not be able to be immediately liquidated and can be involved in litigation or have regulatory restrictions. The value assigned to these investments may differ from the values that would have been used had a broader market for such investments existed or had such legal and regulatory circumstances not existed. The sale of illiquid assets and restricted securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or on the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restriction on resale.
Credit Risk
The Company invests in fixed income financial instruments. Until such investments are sold or matured, the Company is exposed to credit risk relating to whether the issuer will meet its obligation when it becomes due.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. We also fund portions of our investments with borrowings. Our net investment income is affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.
We will regularly measure our exposure to interest rate risk. We will assess interest rate risk and manage our interest rate exposure on an ongoing basis by comparing our interest rate-sensitive assets to our interest rate-sensitive liabilities. Based on that review, we will determine whether or not any hedging transactions are necessary to mitigate exposure to changes in interest rates.
We may in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using hedging instruments such as additional interest rate swaps, futures, options and forward contracts. While hedging activities may mitigate our exposure to adverse fluctuations in interest rates, certain hedging transactions that we may enter into in the future, such as interest rate swap agreements, may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of changes in interest rates with respect to our portfolio investments.
Regulatory Risk
The Company may also invest in securities of companies and assets located outside of the United States (considered non-qualifying investments under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act). The Company’s international investments are subject to the same risks associated with its United States investments as well as additional risks, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, potentially adverse tax consequences and the burden of complying with foreign laws. The Company is subject to the risk of restrictions imposed by foreign governments on the repatriation of cash and to political or economic uncertainties as a result of investing in financial instruments issued in foreign countries. Following the BDC Election, to remain in compliance with BDC regulatory requirements the Company will invest no more than 30% of the portfolio in non-qualifying assets.
Operational Risk
There is no clearing house for bank loans and other interests, nor is there a depository for custody of any such interests. The processes by which these interests are cleared, settled and held in custody are individually negotiated between the parties to the transaction. This subjects the Company to operational risk to the extent that there are delays and failure in these processes. The Company invests in loans, including loans issued by or related to companies that are experiencing various forms of financial, operational, legal, and/or other distress or impairment. The Company’s investments may be noninterest bearing, unsecured, and/or subordinated to other claimants. Until the investments are sold or mature, the Company is exposed to credit risk relating to whether the obligor will meet its obligation when it comes due. The terms of the bank loans may require the Company to extend to a borrower additional credit, or provide funding for any undrawn amount of such bank loans at the request of the borrower. This exposes the Company to potential liabilities that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statement as of March 31, 2025 that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statement as of March 31, 2025 that are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.
ITEM 3.
Properties
We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105 and are provided by our Administrator or one of its affiliates in accordance with the terms of the Administration Agreement.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 4.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table sets forth, as of May 30, 2025 information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Shares by:
each person known to us to be expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding Shares;
each of our Trustees and executive officers who are not Trustees; and
all of our Trustees and executive officers who are not Trustees as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as otherwise noted below, each person named in the following table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the Shares that they beneficially own. There are no Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Registration Statement. None of our Shares were outstanding as of May 30, 2025.
The address for each of the trustees, executive officers and certain other officers who are not trustees listed in the table below is c/o Fortress Private Lending Fund, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.
Name
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Beneficial Owner of More than 5%
—%
Trustees and Named Executive Officers
 
 
David Sims
All current executive officers and Trustees as a group (   persons)
—%
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 5.
Trustees and Executive Officers
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board. The responsibilities of the Board include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the oversight of the monthly valuation of our assets by our Adviser (our Board’s expected valuation designee upon the BDC Election), oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Prior to the BDC Election, the Company is managed by the sole trustee, David Sims.
On or immediately following the BDC Election, we expect the Board will consist of seven members, four of whom will not be “interested persons” of the Company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and will be “independent,” as determined by the Board (“Independent Trustees”). The Board elects our executive officers, who will serve at the discretion of the Board.
Currently, the sole Trustee of the Company is David Sims, who has served as Trustee since the Company’s inception. Under the Declaration of Trust, prior to the earlier of (a) a listing of any class of the Company’s shares on a national securities exchange, if any, and (b) the date of notice of the Company’s first annual meeting of Shareholders, each trustee will hold office for an unlimited term. Upon the occurrence of one of the events listed above, the Board will be divided into three classes and trustees of each class will hold office for terms ending at the third annual meeting of Shareholders after their election and when their respective successors are elected and qualify. The initial members of the three classes of trustees will have initial terms ending at the first, second and third annual meeting of Shareholders, respectively.
Trustees
Information regarding our sole Trustee is as follows:
Name
Year of Birth
Position
David Sims
1976
Trustee
Executive Officers Who are Not Trustees
Information regarding our executive officers and certain other officers who are not Trustees is as follows:
Name
Year of Birth
Position
Biographical Information
The following is information concerning the experience of our Board, executive officers and certain other officers.
Initial Trustees
David Sims. David Sims has been serving as Trustee since our inception. Mr. Sims is Deputy General Counsel and a Managing Director of Fortress Investment Group LLC. Prior to joining Fortress, Mr. Sims was an associate in the Financial Institutions Group at Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, and prior to that, an associate in the Mergers & Acquisitions practice at Jones Day. Mr. Sims received a B.A. from Kenyon College and a J.D. from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.
Information About Executive Officers Who Are Not Trustees
Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
Overall responsibility for the Company’s oversight will rest with the Board. The Company has entered the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser will manage the Company on a day-to-day basis. The Board will be responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Company’s Declaration of Trust and Bylaws and applicable provisions of state and other laws. As described below, the Board is expected to establish an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee and may establish ad hoc committees or working groups from time to time to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under our Bylaws, the Board may designate a chairperson to preside over meetings of Shareholders and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to the chairperson by the Board. We do not expect to have a fixed policy as to whether the chairperson of the Board should be an Independent Trustee and believe that we should maintain the flexibility to select the chairperson and reorganize the leadership structure, from time to time, based on criteria that are in our and our Shareholders’ best interests at such times. The chairperson’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with the Adviser, counsel and other Trustees generally between meetings. The chairperson also may perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board will review matters related to its leadership structure annually. We expect that the Board will determine that its leadership structure is appropriate because it will allow the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Trustees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight.
We will be subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, conflicts of interests and valuation risks, among others. Risk oversight will form part of our general oversight by the Board and will be addressed as part of various Board and committee activities. Day-to-day risk management functions will be subsumed within the responsibilities of the Adviser and other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), who carry out our investment management and business affairs. The Adviser and other service providers will employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various events or circumstances that give rise to risks, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each of the Adviser and other service providers has their own independent interest in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. It is not possible to identify all of the risks that may affect us or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. As part of its regular oversight, the Board will interact with and review reports from, among others, the Adviser, our Chief Compliance Officer, our independent registered public accounting firm and counsel, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by us and applicable risk controls. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.
Committees
No later than the BDC Election, the Board is expected to establish an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee and may form additional committees in the future.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee will be solely comprised of Independent Trustees. The Board or Audit Committee will designate a Chair and the Audit Committee will endeavor to maintain at least one member who qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K.
In accordance with its written charter, the Audit Committee will, among other things, (a) assist the Board with monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, performance and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (b) prepare an audit committee report, if required by the SEC, to be included in our annual proxy statement; (c) oversee the scope of our annual audit of our financial statements, the quality and objectivity of our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls; (d) determine the selection, appointment, retention and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; (e) pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided to us and certain other persons by such independent registered public accounting firm; (f) act as a liaison between our independent registered public accounting firm and the Board; and (g) conduct reviews of any potential related party transactions brought to its attention and, during these reviews, consider any conflicts of interest brought to its attention.
Nominating and Governance Committee
The Nominating and Governance Committee will be solely comprised of Independent Trustees and the Board or the Nominating and Governance Committee will designate a Chair.
In accordance with its written charter, the Nominating and Governance Committee will recommend to the Board persons to be nominated by the Board for election at our meetings of Shareholders, special or annual, if any, or to fill any vacancy on the Board that may arise between Shareholder meetings. The Nominating and Governance
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committee is also responsible for overseeing an annual evaluation of the Board and its committees to determine whether the Board and its committees are functioning effectively. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider for nomination to the Board candidates submitted by Shareholders or from other sources it deems appropriate.
Indemnification Agreements
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our Trustees and executive officers. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our Trustees and officers the maximum indemnification permitted under Delaware law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement will provide that we will indemnify the Trustee or executive officer who is a party to the agreement including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, such Trustee or executive officer is, or is threatened to be, made a party to, or a witness in, any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, subject to certain limitations on indemnification.
Portfolio Managers
The management of our investment portfolio will be the responsibility of the Adviser. The Adviser will be responsible for managing our business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.
Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser’s Investment Team is responsible for managing our business and activities and is led by Fortress’s Co-Chief Executive Officer, Joshua Pack, and the Company’s Co-Chief Executive Officers, Aaron Blanchette and Brian Stewart, all of whom have substantial experience in credit origination, underwriting and asset management. The Adviser will seek to maximize the unity, cohesiveness and flexibility of the Investment Team to prioritize what it believes to be the most compelling investment opportunities originated by the Investment Team. The Company’s investment decisions will be made by the Investment Committee, which will include senior personnel of Fortress and the Adviser. The Investment Committee is currently led by Joshua Pack, Aaron Blanchette, Brian Stewart, Drew McKnight and Jack Neumark.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 6.
Executive Compensation
Compensation of Executive Officers
Our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not currently expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees or other affiliates of the Adviser or the Administrator, pursuant to the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement, respectively. Each of our executive officers is an employee or other affiliate of the Adviser or the Administrator. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by the Adviser. Most of the services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by individuals employed by the Adviser or the Administrator. In addition, we reimburse the Administrator for its allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including its allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs, and the Adviser for certain expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement. We are also party to an Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which, among other things, the Adviser has agreed to advance all of our estimated organization and initial offering expenses. See “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Trustee Independence” below.
Compensation of Trustees
The Independent Trustees will receive an annual fee for their service on the Board. The Independent Trustees will also receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each Board and committee meeting, both in person and virtually. In addition, the chairpersons of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee will receive an additional annual fee. We will also obtain Trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our trustees and officers. No compensation is expected to be paid to Trustees who are “interested persons” of the Company (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act). During the fiscal year 2025, no compensation has been paid to the initial Trustee.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 7.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Trustee Independence
Investment Advisory Agreement; Administration Agreement
We are party to the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we will pay management fees and incentive fees to the Adviser. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses as they occur. See “Item 1. Business — Investment Advisory Agreement,” “Item 1. Business — Administration Agreement” and “Item 1. Business — Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement.” The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been approved by the sole Trustee and are expected to be ratified by the Board prior to the BDC Election. Unless earlier terminated, each of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from the date it first became effective and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by a Majority of the Outstanding Shares and, in each case, following the BDC Election, a majority of the Independent Trustees.
Expense Support Agreement
We have entered into the Expense Support Agreement with the Adviser, pursuant to which the Adviser may elect to pay certain of the Company’s expenses on the Company’s behalf. The Adviser has agreed to advance all of the Company’s organization and initial offering expense, subject to recoupment, which will be amortized over a 36-month period beginning upon the date of the BDC Election. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Company will bear the costs associated with its organization and initial offering expenses. The Adviser may also elect to pay certain of the Expense Payments, provided that no portion of an Expense Payment will be used to pay any interest expense or distribution and/or shareholder servicing fees. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser commits to pay will be required to be paid by the Adviser to us in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment is made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from us to the Adviser or its affiliates.
License Agreement
We expect to enter into the License Agreement with Fortress or its affiliate (and any other relevant entities), pursuant to which it will grant us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Fortress.” Under the License Agreement, we will have a right to use the Fortress name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Fortress” name or logo.
Relationship with the Adviser and Potential Conflicts of Interest
We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Expense Support Agreement with our Adviser, a subsidiary of Fortress, an entity in which certain Trustees and officers of the Company and members of the Investment Committee may have indirect ownership and pecuniary interests. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay our Adviser a Management Fee and an Incentive Fee. See “Item 1. Business — Investment Advisory Agreement — Compensation of the Adviser” for a description of how the fees payable to the Adviser will be determined. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse our Administrator, at cost, for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses (including travel expenses) incurred by our Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “Item 1. Business — Investment Advisory Agreement and “Item 1. Business — Administration Agreement” for a description of how the expenses reimbursable to our Administrator will be determined.
The Adviser and its affiliates may provide management or investment advisory services to entities that have overlapping objectives with us. The Company’s executive officers and Trustees serve or may serve as officers, trustees or principals of entities, that operate in the same, or a related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by Fortress affiliates, including the Adviser. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objectives and the Company may compete with entities managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, for capital and investment opportunities. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to the Company and its other clients, the Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with the its Allocation Policy so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client, taking into account such factors as the relative amounts of capital available for new investments, cash on hand, existing commitments and reserves, the investment programs and portfolio positions of the participating investment accounts, the clients for which
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

participation is appropriate, targeted leverage level, targeted asset mix and any other factors deemed appropriate. However, in these circumstances the Company may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity that falls within its investment objectives and strategies than it would otherwise be allocated, or it may not receive an allocation at all.
In addition, expenses may be incurred that are attributable to the Company and other Fortress Managed Accounts. To the extent that such expenses are incurred that are attributable to us and other Fortress Managed Accounts, the Company will bear its respective allocable share of the cost (taking into account salaries, bonuses and fringe benefits) of such services, software, or other assets. Such allocations will be based on the time the applicable employees providing such accounting, legal, asset management, operational and information technology services devote, on an estimated basis, to the Company and the other Fortress Managed Accounts to which such accounting, operational and information technology services are being provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in circumstances where the Adviser reasonably believes that an allocation of such expenses or the amount allocated to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts pursuant to the above procedures would produce an inequitable result to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts, the Adviser may allocate such expenses in a fair and equitable manner.
Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts
The Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that, over time, is fair and equitable and is consistent with its Allocation Policy. The Adviser intends to allocate common expenses among the Company and other clients of the Adviser and its affiliates in a manner that, over time, is fair and equitable and in accordance with policies adopted by the Adviser and the Investment Advisory Agreement. Fees and expenses generated in connection with potential portfolio investments that are not consummated will be allocated in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and in accordance with policies adopted by the Adviser and the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Adviser has put in place the Allocation Policy and the Co-Investment Policy, consistent with the Co-Investment Exemptive Order, that will seek to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time and addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act. When we engage in co-investments as permitted by the exemptive relief described below, we will do so in a manner consistent with the Allocation Policy and the Co-Investment Policy of each of the Company and the Adviser. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by the Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, the Adviser will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment.
The Adviser’s allocation of investment opportunities among us and other affiliated investment vehicles may result in the allocation of all or none of an investment opportunity to us, or a disproportional allocation among such persons, with such allocations being more or less advantageous to some such persons relative to other such persons. There can be no assurance that our actual allocation of an investment opportunity, if any, or the terms on which such allocation is made, will be as favorable as they would be if the conflicts of interest to which the Adviser likely will be subject, did not exist. There can be no assurance that we will have an opportunity to participate in all investments that fall within our investment objectives and strategies.
In general, pursuant to the Allocation Policy, the process for making an allocation determination will include an assessment as to whether a particular investment opportunity (including any follow-on investment in, or disposition from, an existing portfolio company held by us or another investment fund or account) is suitable or appropriate for us or another investment fund or account. The Adviser will make allocation determinations based on its expectations at the time such investments are made; however, investments and their characteristics may change and there can be no assurance that an investment may prove to have been more suitable for another investments fund or account managed by the Adviser in hindsight.
Pursuant to the Allocation Policy, if it is determined that an investment opportunity is appropriate for multiple investment funds or accounts, the Adviser generally will determine the appropriate size of the opportunity for each such investment fund or account as further described herein.
It is expected that most or all of the officers and employees responsible for managing us will have responsibilities with respect to other funds or accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, including funds and accounts that may be raised in the future. Substantial time will be spent by such officers and employees monitoring the investments of such funds and accounts. Conflicts of interest may arise in allocating time, services or functions of these officers and employees.
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There will be numerous perceived and actual conflicts of interest among us and the Adviser and its affiliates. The conflicts of interest that we may encounter include those discussed here and elsewhere throughout this Registration Statement, although such discussions do not describe all of the conflicts that may be faced by us. Dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and new and different types of conflicts may subsequently arise.
For a more comprehensive discussion of the foregoing conflicts, including the related risks, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates — The Adviser and its affiliates may face conflicts of interest with respect to services performed for issuers in which we invest and their use of service providers” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Adviser and its Affiliates — The Adviser and its affiliates may have incentives to favor their respective other funds, accounts and clients over us, which may result in conflicts of interest that could be adverse to us and our investment opportunities and harmful to us.”
Co-Investment Restrictions
Following the BDC Election, as a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory restrictions in negotiating certain investments with entities with which we may be restricted from doing so under the 1940 Act, such as the Adviser and its affiliates, unless we obtain an exemptive order from the SEC.
If the Co-Investment Exemptive Order is granted we expect to co-invest with other funds and accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Pursuant to such exemptive relief, we generally expect to be permitted to co-invest with certain of our affiliates pursuant to the conditions of the Co-Investment Exemptive Order, including that the participants in such co-investment transaction acquire or dispose of the same class of securities, at the same time, for the same price and with the same conversion, financial reporting and registration rights, and with substantially the same other terms. In certain cases where a Fortress Managed Account has a pre-existing investment in an issuer in which the Company and the Fortress Managed Accounts will co-invest, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our Independent Trustees will be required to take steps set forth in Section 57(f) of the 1940 Act, including approving the transaction on the basis that, in relevant part (i) the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid or received, are reasonable and fair to the Shareholders of the Company and do not involve overreaching of the Company or its Shareholders on the part of any person concerned; (ii) the proposed transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s Shareholders and the Company’s policy as recited in filings made by the Company with the SEC and the Company’s reports to Shareholders; and (iii) the Company’s trustees record in their minutes and preserve in their records a description of the transaction, their findings, the information or materials upon which their findings were based, and the basis for their findings. The Allocation Policy and the Co-Investment Policy of each of the Company and the Adviser incorporates the conditions of the exemptive relief. As a result of exemptive relief, there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and the investment portfolios of other Fortress Managed Accounts that could avail themselves of the requested exemptive relief.
Certain Business Relationships
Certain of our current Trustees and officers are directors or officers of the Adviser or its affiliates and other Fortress Managed Accounts.
Promoters and Certain Control Persons
The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser, for its services to us, is entitled to receive Management Fees and Incentive Fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we expect that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any Affiliated Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser will be entitled to indemnification from the Company against any liabilities in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser to the Company. See “Item 1. Business — Investment Advisory Agreement.
Material Non-Public Information; Trading Restrictions
We, directly or through the Adviser, may obtain confidential information about the companies in which we have invested or may invest or be deemed to have such confidential information. The Adviser, including its investment
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

personnel, may come into possession of material, non-public information through its members, officers, trustees, employees, principals or affiliates. The possession of such information may, to our detriment, limit the ability of us and the Adviser to buy or sell a security or otherwise to participate in an investment opportunity. In certain circumstances, employees of the Adviser may serve as board members or in other capacities for portfolio or potential portfolio companies, which could restrict our ability to trade in the securities of such companies. For example, if personnel of the Adviser come into possession of material non-public information with respect to our investments, such personnel will be restricted by the Adviser’s information-sharing policies and procedures or by law or contract from sharing such information with our management team, even where the disclosure of such information would be in our best interests or would otherwise influence decisions taken by the members of the management team with respect to that investment. This conflict and these procedures and practices may limit the freedom of the Adviser to enter into or exit from potentially profitable investments for us, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to fully leverage the resources and industry expertise of the Adviser in the course of its duties. Additionally, there may be circumstances in which one or more individuals associated with the Adviser will be precluded from providing services to us because of certain confidential information available to those individuals or to other parts of the Adviser.
Code of Conduct
As a BDC, we will be subject to certain regulatory requirements that restrict our ability to engage in certain related-party transactions. We will adopt procedures for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions that involve us and certain of our related persons. For example, we will adopt a code of conduct that generally prohibits our executive officers or Trustees from engaging in any transaction where there is a conflict between such individual’s personal interest and the interests of the Company. Waivers to the code of conduct can generally only be obtained from the Chief Compliance Officer, who may consult, as appropriate, with the chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee, the chairperson of the Audit Committee, counsel to the Company, the Adviser or the Independent Trustees. Any waivers are publicly disclosed as required by applicable law and regulations. In addition, the Audit Committee will be required to review and approve all related-party transactions (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K).
Code of Ethics
We and the Adviser will each adopt a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code will be permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements.
Trustee Independence
As a BDC, the 1940 Act will require that at least a majority of our Trustees not be “interested persons” of the Company as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. On an annual basis, each member of our Board will be required to complete an independence questionnaire designed to provide information to assist our Board in determining whether the Trustee is independent under the 1940 Act. Our Board is expected to determine that each of our Trustees, other than    and   , will not be “interested persons” of the Company, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Our Nominating and Governance Committee will review the continued Board membership of a Trustee upon any change in circumstance that could cause his or her status as an Independent Trustee to change. Our Board limits membership on the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee to Independent Trustees.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 8.
Legal Proceedings
We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any material legal proceedings threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. We may also be subject to regulatory proceedings. While the outcome of these legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 9.
Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters
Market Information
We currently issue one class of our Shares. The Company’s Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each Share held on all matters submitted to a vote of Shareholders, and to receive distributions declared by the Board. The rights of Shareholders are subject to the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws.
Our outstanding Shares will be offered and sold (i) in the United States under the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder and other exemptions of similar import in the laws of the states and jurisdictions where the offering will be made, and (ii) outside of the United States in accordance with Regulation S or Regulation D of the Securities Act. See “Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities” for more information. Our Shares are not listed for trading on a stock exchange or other securities market and there is no established public trading market for our Shares currently, and we do not currently expect that one will develop.
Because our Shares are being acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) the Adviser gives consent, or the transfer is permitted under the Subscription Agreement, including transfers to the Company in connection with the Company’s planned Share Repurchase Program, and (ii) the transfer is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Subscription Agreement and the Shares are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the Shareholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Shares until we accept their repurchase or transfer or we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of Shares may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on Shares and to execute such other instruments or certifications as are reasonably required by us.
Holders
As of May 30, 2025, there were no holders of record of our Shares. Please see “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
Distributions
Following the BDC Election, we intend to make distributions to our Shareholders on a monthly basis out of assets legally available for distribution. Any distributions we make will be at the sole discretion of our Board, who will consider factors such as our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations, Delaware law and such other factors as our Board may deem relevant from time to time. As a result, our distribution rates and payment frequency may vary from time to time.
Distribution Reinvestment Plan
We intend to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of dividends and other distributions on behalf of Shareholders, unless a Shareholder elects to receive cash distributions. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash dividend or other distribution, then the Shareholders who have not “opted out” of the dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional Shares, rather than receiving the cash distribution. We will use newly-issued Shares to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, with such Shares to be issued at the applicable NAV. The number of Shares to be issued to a Shareholder will be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such Shareholder by the then-current NAV per Share (subject to adjustment to the extent required by Section 23 of the 1940 Act). See “Item 1. Business — Distribution Reinvestment Plan.”
ITEM 10.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 11.
Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered
General
The terms of the Declaration of Trust authorize the Company to issue an unlimited number of Class I Shares, of which no Shares were outstanding as of May 30, 2025, and an unlimited number of preferred shares, with such par value as may be authorized from time to time by the Trustees in their sole discretion without Shareholder approval. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Board may classify or reclassify any Shares or preferred shares into one or more classes or series of Shares or preferred shares by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, or limitations as to distributions, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption of the shares. There is currently no market for our Class I Shares, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our Class I Shares will develop in the future. We do not intend for our Shares to be listed on any national securities exchange. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our Shares. No Shares have been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under the terms of our Declaration of Trust, Shareholders shall be entitled to the same limited liability extended to Shareholders of private Delaware for profit corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our Declaration of Trust provides that no Shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to us by reason of being a Shareholder, nor shall any Shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the Company’s assets or the affairs of the Company by reason of being a Shareholder.
Other than as required by applicable law and except as may be provided by the Board in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares, no Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise appraisal rights in connection with any transaction.
Shares
Under the terms of the Declaration of Trust, all Shares have equal rights as to dividends, other distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable. Dividends and other distributions may be paid to Shareholders if, as and when authorized by the Board and declared by us out of funds legally available therefor. Shares have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and Shareholders have no appraisal rights. Shareholders may not transfer Shares unless (i) the Adviser gives consent, or the transfer is permitted under the Subscription Agreement, including transfers to the Company in connection with the Company’s planned Share Repurchase Program and (ii) the transfer is made in accordance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Subscription Agreement and applicable securities law.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Share would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay or otherwise provide for all claims and obligations and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred shares, if any preferred shares are outstanding at such time. Subject to the rights of holders of any other class or series of shares, each Share will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Shareholders, including the election of Trustees.
Special Voting Requirements
Our Declaration of Trust provides that the number of Trustees will be set only by our Board in accordance with our Bylaws. Our Bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board may at any time increase or decrease the number of Trustees by a majority vote or written consent. Subject to the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and except as may be provided by our Board in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares, any and all vacancies on the our Board may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the Trustee for whom the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected by our Shareholders and qualified.
Our Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee may be removed with or without cause by a majority of the remaining Trustees (or in the case of the removal of a Trustee that is not an interested person, a majority of the remaining Trustees that are not interested persons).
The Shareholders will only have voting rights as required by the 1940 Act or as otherwise provided for in the Declaration of Trust. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Company is not required to hold annual meetings and the Bylaws provide that a meeting of Shareholders will not be required in any year in which the election of trustees is not required to be held under the 1940 Act. The failure to hold an annual meeting will not invalidate the Company’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act of the Company.
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event of a Shareholder vote on election of trustees, trustees shall be elected by a plurality of the vote of all holders of the outstanding Shares, provided that, in the case where the number of nominees for the trusteeships exceeds the number of such Trustees to be elected, a majority of all votes cast shall be required to elect such nominee. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Cumulative voting entitles a Shareholder to as many votes as equals the number of votes which such holder would be entitled to cast for the election of Trustees multiplied by the number of Trustees to be elected and allows a Shareholder to cast a portion or all of the Shareholder’s votes for one or more candidates for seats on the Board. Without cumulative voting, a minority Shareholder may not be able to elect as many trustees as the Shareholder would be able to elect if cumulative voting were permitted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of outstanding preferred shares, if any, will be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect two Trustees of the Company at all times. In addition, the holders of outstanding preferred shares, if any, will be entitled, voting as a separate class, to elect a majority of the Board (i) if, at the close of business on any distribution payment date, distributions (whether or not declared) on outstanding preferred shares are unpaid in an amount equal to at least two full years’ distributions on the preferred shares, or (ii) if at any time holders of preferred shares are otherwise entitled under the 1940 Act to elect a majority of the Board.
A special meeting of the Shareholders may be called at any time by a majority of the Board, the chief executive officer or the holders of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote at a meeting (regardless of class or series).
Amendment of the Declaration of Trust; No Approval by Shareholders
The Board may, without Shareholder vote (subject to applicable state and federal securities laws requirements), amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of Trust by making an amendment, a Declaration of Trust supplemental thereto or an amended and restated Declaration of Trust. Shareholders will only have the right to vote on any amendment that would adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Shares as determined by the Board in good faith or is submitted to them by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a listing of the Shares on a national securities exchange, the Board may, without the approval or vote of the Shareholders, amend or supplement the Declaration of Trust in any manner, including, without limitation, to classify the Board, to impose super-majority approval for certain types of transactions and to otherwise add or modify provisions that may be deemed to be adverse to Shareholders. A proposed amendment to the Declaration of Trust requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board for adoption.
An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, will become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board or Shareholders, as the case may be.
Preferred Shares
We do not currently have any preferred shares outstanding. However, under the terms of the Declaration of Trust, our Board may authorize us to issue preferred shares in one or more classes or series without Shareholder approval, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. The Board has the power to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of each class or series of preferred shares. We do not currently anticipate issuing preferred shares in the near future. In the event we issue preferred shares, we will make any required disclosure to Shareholders. We will not offer preferred shares to our Adviser or our affiliates except on the same terms as offered to all other Shareholders.
Preferred shares could be issued with terms that would adversely affect the Shareholders, provided that we may not issue any preferred shares that would limit or subordinate the voting rights of holders of our Shares. Preferred shares could also be used as an anti-takeover device through the issuance of shares of a class or series of preferred shares with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control. Every issuance of preferred shares will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that: (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to Shares and before any purchase of Shares is made, such preferred shares together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred shares, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class voting separately to elect two Trustees at all times and to elect a majority of the Trustees if distributions on such preferred shares are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

shares of preferred shares (as determined in accordance with the 1940 Act) voting together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders of preferred shares would be required to approve a proposal involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such securities.
The issuance of any preferred shares must be approved by a majority of our Independent Trustees not otherwise interested in the transaction, who will have access, at our expense, to our legal counsel or to independent legal counsel.
Limitation on Liability of Trustees and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees and former Trustees of the Board and officers and former officers of the Company shall not be liable to the Company or any of the Shareholders for any loss or damage occasioned by any act or omission in the performance of their services as such in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their office or as otherwise required by applicable law. The Declaration of Trust also contains provisions for the indemnification, to the extent permitted by law, of the Trustees and former Trustees of the Board and officers and former officers of the Company (as well as certain other related parties) by the Company (but not by the Shareholders individually) against any liability and expense to which any of them may be liable that arise in connection with the performance of their activities on behalf of the Company. The rights of indemnification and exculpation provided under the Declaration of Trust shall not be construed so as to limit liability or provide for indemnification of the Trustees and former Trustees of the Board, officers and former officers of the Company, and the other persons entitled to such indemnification for any liability (including liability under applicable federal or state securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith), to the extent (but only to the extent) that such indemnification or limitation on liability would be in violation of applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the applicable provisions of the Declaration of Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law.
In addition, the Declaration of Trust permits the Company to advance reasonable expenses to such indemnified persons, and we will do so in advance of final disposition of a proceeding if all of the following are satisfied: (a) the proceeding relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company, (b) the legal proceeding was initiated by a third party who is not a Shareholder or, if by a Shareholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such, a court of competent jurisdiction approves such advancement, and (c) upon the Company’s receipt of (i) a written affirmation by such person of their good faith belief that they have met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company and (ii) a written undertaking by such person to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, if it is ultimately determined by final, non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, that such person is not entitled to indemnification.
The indemnification provisions described above in the Declaration of Trust are subject to the limitations of applicable federal securities laws.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Our Declaration of Trust contains provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. Our Board may, without Shareholder action, authorize the issuance of Shares in one or more classes or series, including preferred shares and our Declaration of Trust provides that, while we do not intend to list our Shares on any securities exchange, if any class of our Shares is listed on a national securities exchange, our Board will be divided into three classes of trustees serving staggered terms of three years each. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.
Access to Records
Shareholders shall have access to records of the Company as provided in Section 3819 of the Statutory Trust Act.
Conflict with the 1940 Act
Our Declaration of Trust provides that, if and to the extent that any provision of Delaware law, or any provision of our Declaration of Trust conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dissolution, and Liquidation
The Company shall be dissolved: (i) upon the affirmative vote to dissolve the Company by a majority of the Board; or (ii) as required by operation of law.
Upon the occurrence of any event of dissolution, the Board or the Adviser, acting as liquidator under appointment by the Board (or another liquidator, if the Board does not appoint one or more Trustees of the Board or the Adviser to act as liquidator or is unable to perform this function) is charged with winding up the affairs of the Company and liquidating its assets. Upon the dissolution of the Company the Board shall cause the Company to liquidate and wind-up in a manner consistent with Section 3808 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Statute (which requires the Company to pay or make reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations), including the distribution to the Shareholders of any assets of the Company.
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 12.
Indemnification of Trustees and Officers
Limitation on Liability of Trustees; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered — Limitation on Liability of Trustees and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.”
Indemnification Agreements
In addition to the indemnification provided for in the Declaration of Trust, the Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its future Trustees and executive officers. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our Trustees and officers the maximum indemnification permitted under Delaware law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement will provide, among other things, that we will indemnify the Trustee or executive officer who is a party to the agreement including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, such Trustee or executive officer is, or is threatened to be, made a party to, or a witness in, any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company.
Adviser and Administrator
The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement provide that the Adviser and Administrator and each of their officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any Affiliated Person (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser or the Administrator will not be liable for any action taken or not taken by the Adviser or the Administrator in connection with their performance of their duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, respectively, except, with respect to the Adviser, to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services.
In addition, we will indemnify each such persons against any liabilities in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of (i) the Adviser’s duties or obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser to the Company or (ii) the Administrator’s duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as an administrator for the Company. We may pay the expenses incurred by any such persons in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided such persons agree to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act, neither the Adviser nor any of its affiliates, trustees, officers, members, employees, agents or representatives may be protected against any liability to us or our investors to which it would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of its office.
ITEM 13.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Set forth below is an index to our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.
 
Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Fortress Private Lending Fund:
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 14.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
There are not and have not been any disagreements between us and our accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure, nor have there been any changes in our accountant.
ITEM 15.
Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a)
List separately all financial statements filed
The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(b)
Exhibits
Exhibit Index
Exhibit No.
Description
Restated Certificate of Trust, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 4, 2025
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1
Form of Subscription Agreement+*
Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement
Amended and Restated Administration Agreement
10.3
Form of Distribution Reinvestment Plan*
10.4
Form of Indemnification Agreement*
10.5
Custody Agreement+*
10.6
License Agreement*
10.7
Amended and Restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement*
Lender Joinder and First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2025, by and among Fortress Private Lending Fund, as borrower, Fortress Private Lending Fund UST Feeder LLC, as guarantor, and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent, lead arranger, letter of credit issuer and a lender+
(+)
The schedules, appendices and/or exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a) (5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule, appendix and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.
(*)
To be filed by amendment.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To Management of Fortress Private Lending Fund
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Fortress Private Lending Fund (the Company) as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, including the consolidated schedule of investments as of March 31, 2025, the related statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the periods from January 1, 2025 through March 31, 2025 and from January 25, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, and the results of its operations, changes in its net assets, and its cash flows for the periods from January 1, 2025 through March 31, 2025 and from January 25, 2024 (inception) through December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the auditor of the Company since 2025.
New York, NY
June 3, 2025
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
As of March 31, 2025
As of December 31, 2024
Assets
 
 
Investments, at fair value
 
 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments (cost of $976,567 and $0, respectively)
$1,091,537
$       —
Total investments, at fair value
1,091,537
Deferred offering costs
997,048
Cash and cash equivalents
89,429
Interest receivable
4,607
Total assets
$2,182,620
$
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
Debt (net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $1,117,582 and $0, respectively)
1,082,418
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
1,027,240
Interest payable
92,002
Subscription received in advance
50,000
Incentive fee payable
14,371
Total liabilities
2,266,031
 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Footnote 9)
 
 
Net Assets
 
 
Total Net Assets
(83,410)
Total Liabilities and Net Assets
$2,182,620
$
[See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.]
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Consolidated Statement of Operations
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
For the period from
January 1, 2025 to
March 31, 2025
For the period from
January 25, 2024 (inception) to
December 31, 2024
Investment income
 
 
From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments
 
 
Interest income
$8,401
$        —
Other income
12,992
Total investment income from non-controlled, non-affiliated investments
21,393
Total investment income
$21,393
$
 
 
 
Operating Expenses
 
 
Organization costs
$2,391,853
$
Interest expense
174,420
Administration fees
27,046
Capital gains incentive fee
14,371
Professional fees
3,146
Other expenses
790
Total Operating Expenses
2,611,627
Expense support (Footnote 6)
(2,391,853)
Net Operating Expenses
219,773
Net investment income (loss)
(198,381)
Net Unrealized Gain (Loss)
 
 
Net unrealized gain (loss) from:
 
 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments
114,970
Total Unrealized Gain (Loss)
114,970
Total Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting from Operations
$(83,410)
$
[See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.]
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
For the period from
January 1, 2025 to
March 31, 2025
For the period from
January 25, 2024 (inception) to
December 31, 2024
Operations
 
 
Net investment income (loss)
$(198,381)
$        —
Net unrealized gain (loss) on investments
114,970
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
(83,410)
Total increase (decrease) in net assets
(83,410)
Net assets at beginning of period
Net assets at end of period
$(83,410)
$
[See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.]
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
For the period from
January 1, 2025 to
March 31, 2025
For the period from
January 25, 2024 (inception) to
December 31, 2024
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in Net Assets resulting from operations
$(83,410)
$       —
Adjustments to reconcile net increase/(decrease) in Net Assets resulting from operations to net cash, cash equivalents provided by/(used in) operating activities:
 
 
Amortization of debt issuance and financing costs
82,418
Accretion/amortization of original issue discount/premium on investments
(1,331)
Net unrealized gain/(loss) on investments
(114,970)
Purchases of investments
(977,751)
Proceeds from sales and paydowns of investments
2,515
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
(Increase)/decrease in interest receivable
(4,607)
(Increase)/decrease in deferred offering costs
(997,048)
Increase/(decrease) in interest payable
92,002
Increase/(decrease) in subscription received in advance
50,000
Increase/(decrease) in incentive fee payable
14,371
Increase/(decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
1,027,240
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by/(used in) operating activities
(910,571)
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
Payment for debt issuance and financing costs
(1,200,000)
Drawdown on loans
2,200,000
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by/(used in) financing activities
1,000,000
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
89,429
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$89,429
$
[See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.]
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
As of March 31, 2025
(Expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company
Investment
Reference Rate
and Spread(a)
Maturity
Date
Par/Shares(b)
Cost(c)
Fair Value(d)
% of Net
Assets
Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Riser Fitness, LLC
First Lien - Delayed Draw Term Loan
SOFR + 685
3/14/2030
$1,036,764
$899,745
$903,117
1082.7%
Riser Fitness, LLC(e)
First Lien - Revolving Credit Facility
SOFR + 685
3/14/2030
(14,276)
(10,030)
-12.0%
Total debt investments
 
 
 
 
885,469
893,087
1070.7%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Riser Fitness, LLC
Warrants
N/A
N/A
91,098
91,098
198,450
237.9%
Total equity investments
 
 
 
 
91,098
198,450
237.9%
Total Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure
 
 
 
 
976,567
1,091,537
1308.6%
Total non-controlled, non-affiliated investments
 
 
 
 
976,567
1,091,537
1308.6%
Total investments
 
 
 
 
$976,567
$1,091,537
1308.6%
(a)
For each loan, the Fund has indicated the reference rate used and provided the spread in effect as of March 31, 2025.
(b)
The total par amount is presented for debt investments and the number of shares or units owned is presented for equity investments.
(c)
All debt investments are shown at amortized cost.
(d)
Unless otherwise indicated, these investments were valued using unobservable inputs and are considered Level 3 investments.
(e)
Investment had an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned on the unfunded portion, although the investment may earn unused commitment fees. Unamortized fees are classified as unearned income which reduces cost basis, which may result in a negative cost basis. A negative fair value may result from the unfunded commitment being valued below par. See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the Fund’s unfunded commitments.
[See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.]
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortress Private Lending Fund
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Organization and Business Purpose
Fortress Private Lending Fund (the “Company”) is a Delaware statutory trust formed on January 25, 2024. The Company intends to operate as a “perpetual-life”, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that will elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Prior to electing to be regulated as a BDC (the “BDC Election”), the Company is conducting its investment activities and operations in reliance on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” under Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act.
The Company is managed by FPLF Management LLC (the “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC (“Fortress”). The Adviser is supervised by the Company’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”), a majority of whom, no later than the BDC Election, will not be “interested persons” of the Company or the Adviser, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
FPLF Management LLC also serves as the Company’s administrator pursuant to an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement,” and FPLF Management LLC serving in such capacity, the “Administrator”). See further discussion in Footnote 6 – Related Party Transactions and Agreements. The Administrator may delegate any of its obligations under the Administration Agreement to an affiliate or to a third-party to assist in the provision of administrative services (the “Sub-Administrator”). The Sub-Administrator will receive compensation for its services under a sub-administrative agreement. The Sub-Administrator receives fees, plus out-of-pocket expenses, based on the nature and extent of services provided.
The Company’s investment objectives and strategies are to generate current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation, primarily by investing in U.S. middle-market companies through the direct origination or acquisition of first lien senior secured loans (including “unitranche” loans, which are loans that combine both senior and subordinated debt, generally in a first lien position) and, to a lesser extent, second lien senior secured loans. While most of the Company’s investments will be in private U.S. companies (subject, following the BDC Election, to compliance with BDC regulatory requirements to invest at least 70% of the Company’s assets in “qualifying assets”, as defined in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act), the Company may invest up to 30% of the portfolio in non-qualifying assets, including companies located outside of the U.S., entities that are operating pursuant to certain exceptions under the 1940 Act, as applicable, and publicly traded entities whose public equity market capitalization exceeds the levels provided for under the 1940 Act, as applicable. As such, the Company expects to invest, from time to time, in European and other non-U.S. companies. The Company intends to rely on exemptive relief that we expect to be granted by the SEC to us, the Adviser and certain affiliates to co-invest with other funds, accounts and clients managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives. The Company generally considers middle-market companies to consist of companies with $25 million to $250 million of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, although the Company may from time to time invest in smaller companies and other instruments if the Adviser believes that the opportunity presents attractive investment characteristics and risk-adjusted returns.
The Company plans to conduct an initial private offering of its Class I common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (the “Shares”), to investors who are (i) “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and (ii) prior to the BDC Election only, “qualified purchasers” within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Prior to the BDC Election, the Company may, at its sole discretion, hold closings from time to time. At each such closing, each investor will make a capital commitment to purchase Shares pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company (the “Subscription Agreement”). Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase Shares up to the amount of their respective capital commitment on an as-needed basis each time the Company delivers a drawdown notice.
In addition, following the BDC Election, the Company intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company (a “RIC” and such election, the “RIC Election”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Prior to the effective date of such RIC Election, the Company expects to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company believes the following significant accounting policies, among others, affect its more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
The Company is an investment company for U.S. GAAP purposes and follows accounting and reporting guidance in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 – Financial Services- Investment Companies. The Adviser has evaluated this guidance and determined that the Company meets the criteria to be classified as an investment company. The Company’s first fiscal year will end on December 31, 2025.
Consolidation
The Company generally consolidates its investments in investment companies (including affiliated investment companies while operating as a private lending fund), which are wholly owned and controlled by the Company. If the underlying company is an operating company, consolidation is generally not appropriate. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned and controlled subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany balances and transactions. The Company may utilize the subsidiaries to facilitate the investment activities or structures within the overall investment objective. The accounts of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period end as the Company using consistent accounting policies.
Segment Reporting
In accordance with ASC Topic 280 - Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”), the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment. As a result, the Company’s segment accounting policies are the same as described herein and the Company does not have any intra-segment sales and transfers of assets.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results may ultimately differ materially from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand, cash held in banks and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and money market funds that are not held for investment purposes. A portion of the Company’s cash may be swept into an overnight sweep account of the financial institution where the Company’s cash is held. Cash equivalents, other than money market funds, are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Money market funds are carried at net asset value, which approximates fair value. The Company is subject to credit risk should a financial institution be unable to fulfill its obligations. The Company may have bank balances in excess of federally insured amounts; however, the Company deposits its cash and cash equivalents with high credit-quality institutions to minimize credit risk. As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company did not hold any cash equivalents.
Organization and Offering Costs
Organization costs include costs relating to the formation and organization of the Company. These costs are expensed as incurred.
The Company will bear expenses relating to the organization of the Company and the offering of its Shares. Organization expenses include the cost of regulatory compliance, formation, including legal fees related to the creation and organization of the Company, its related documents of organization and its election to be regulated as a BDC. For the avoidance of doubt, organization expenses shall not include sales loads, commissions or placement agent fees.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Offering costs will be capitalized and included as deferred offering costs on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and will be amortized over a twelve-month period once capital is issued. Offering costs include legal, accounting, printing and other offering costs including those associated with the preparation of a registration statement in connection with any subsequent public offering of Shares.
See discussion in Footnote 6 - Related Party Transactions and Agreements for additional disclosure on the Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement.
Investment Transactions and Investment Income
The Company records investment transactions on a trade date basis. Investments and derivative contracts are recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and changes in the fair value of investments and derivative contracts are reflected on the Consolidated Statement of Operations as net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on investments and net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on swaps and forward foreign currency contracts, as applicable. Realized gain/(loss) on investments and derivative contracts are recorded on the specific identification method. Realized gains are recognized to the extent sales proceeds exceed the cost basis. Realized losses are recognized when the cost basis exceeds sales proceeds. 
Interest income (including paid-in-kind interest) and interest expense is recognized as earned on an accrual basis and is earned or incurred from fixed income securities, certain financing arrangements and broker balances, and includes accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums calculated using the effective yield method, where applicable. Generally, investments are placed on non-accrual status when a borrower has missed multiple payments and the Company believes future payments are doubtful. Expenses are recognized as incurred on an accrual basis.
The Company will reduce current interest income by charging off any interest receivable (or cost basis of investments in the case of paid-in-kind interest) when the collection of all or a portion of such interest becomes doubtful or where credit quality restricts the ability to reasonably estimate cash flows. Other factors such as purchase price, fair value and current market conditions are also considered when determining non-accrual status for investments. The Company does not accrete discounts or amortize premiums or recognize paid-in-kind interest on investments that are placed on non-accrual status.
When the Company purchases an investment, it may receive fees during the life of the investment such as commitment fees, letter of credit fees and amendment fees. The upfront fees received in connection with investments that are deemed to be an adjustment to yield are capitalized and amortized over the term of the investment. Other fees that are received, but not deemed to be an adjustment to yield may be recognized as earned and are included in other income on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Upon prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment premiums, unamortized upfront loan origination fees and unamortized discounts are recorded as interest income in the current period.
Other income represents fees received associated with fundings for a delayed draw term loan.
Valuation of Investments
The Company records its investments and derivatives at fair value, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Fair value is defined under U.S. GAAP as the expected price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
The value of any investment or other asset held by the Company as of any date will be determined by the Adviser in good faith and in accordance with the principles set forth below and shall include the marked-to-market value of any hedges effected in connection with such investment, and the Adviser will determine, in its discretion, the appropriate hedge positions intended for such investment. Investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be measured by the difference between the net proceeds received (excluding prepayment fees, if any) and the amortized cost basis of the investment using the specific identification method without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. The net change in unrealized gains or losses will primarily reflect the change in investment values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized gains or losses with respect to investments realized during the period.
Investments that are listed on a national securities exchange (including such investments when traded in the after hours market) will be valued at their last sales price on the date of determination on the largest securities exchange
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(by trading volume in such investment) on which such investments will have traded on such date. If no such sales of such investments occurred on the date of determination, such investments will be valued at the midpoint between the “bid” and the “asked” price for long positions and at the “asked” price for short positions on the largest securities exchange (by trading volume in such investment) on which such investments are traded, on the date of determination. Investments that are not listed on an exchange but are traded over-the-counter will be valued at the representative “bid” quotations if held long and at representative “asked” quotations if held short, unless included in the NASDAQ National Market System, in which case they will be valued based upon their last sales prices (if such prices are available).
Investments that are not listed on an exchange and are not traded over-the-counter but for which external pricing or valuation sources are available will be valued in accordance with such external pricing or valuation sources; provided, however, that such valuations may be adjusted by the Adviser to account for recent trading activity or other information that may not have been reflected in pricing obtained from external sources. Privately negotiated derivative investments, such as interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and various basket indices typically shall be valued at the midpoint between the “bid” and “asked” prices by third party pricing services and/or trading counterparties, or based on proprietary pricing models used by the Adviser or independent service providers.
The value of investments that are not listed on an exchange, are not traded over-the-counter and for which no third party pricing sources are available (which may include trade claims, mortgage loans, corporate loans, consumer loans, leases, property, private securities and other receivables and assets), as is expected to be the case for substantially all of our investments, will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by (A) our Adviser, who, following the BDC Election, is expected to be appointed as the Board’s Valuation Designee (as defined in Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act), no less frequently than monthly and (B) by one or more independent valuation agents selected by the Adviser no less frequently than quarterly (with certain de minimis exceptions), and such valuations shall reflect any credit risk associated with such investments where deemed appropriate. When the Adviser deems it necessary or advisable, investments may be valued based on proprietary pricing models developed by the Adviser or independent valuation agents. All assets and liabilities initially will be valued in the applicable local currency and then translated into U.S. dollars using the applicable exchange rate on the date of determination.
If the Adviser determines that the value of any investments as determined pursuant to this section does not accurately reflect the fair market value of such investments, the Adviser shall value such investments as it reasonably determines. If the Adviser determines that any investment is so thinly traded that the Company would be unable to dispose of the Company’s position in such investment within a reasonable time frame at the market price, then the Company may apply a discount to the value of such investment in an amount that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate. The Adviser’s valuation committee approves final investment valuations.
Expenses
The Company bears all other costs and expenses of our operations, administration and transactions, including all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including but not limited to management and incentive fees, investment expenses, debt service expenses related to investments and/or the operation of the Company, including expenses related to subscription facility debt and short term borrowings; due diligence, research and investment-related travel expenses, operational travel expenses, legal expenses, professional fees, internal and external accounting expenses (including the cost of accounting software packages), auditing and tax preparation and compliance expenses, valuation expenses, administrative/ administrator expenses, cost of software (including the fees of third party software developers) used by the Administrator to track and monitor investments on behalf of the Company, insurance expenses (including for directors and officers liability insurance), fees and expenses of the service companies, any taxes and duties payable in any jurisdiction in connection with the operation of the Company, compliance costs and expenses, expenses relating to meetings of the Board, including travel, meetings, events and training; reasonable and documented professional and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Board in connection with the exercise of its responsibilities; costs associated with individual or group shareholders, including the costs of any shareholder meetings and the compensation of investor relations personnel responsible for the preparation of the foregoing and related matters; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing and mailing costs; costs related to offerings of Shares and other securities of the Company; fees incurred by the Company for escrow agent, transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses; all costs of registration and listing of the Company’s securities on any securities exchange; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission and other regulatory bodies, and other reporting and compliance costs,
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and the costs associated with reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and any other applicable federal and state securities laws, and the compensation of professionals responsible for the foregoing; costs associated with compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; extraordinary expenses, and all other expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Company; and reimbursement of the cost of asset management, operating, accounting and information technology services and legal expenses provided by the Administrator.
All other expenses incurred by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the costs of the compensation, benefits and related administrative expenses (including travel expenses) of the Company’s officers who provide operational and administrative services under the Administration Agreement, and their respective staffs and other professionals who provide services to the Company (including, in each case, employees of the Administrator or an affiliate) who assist with the preparation, coordination, and administration of the foregoing or provide other “back office” or “middle office” financial, compliance, accounting, asset management, tax, legal, treasury or other operational services to the Company. To the extent that operational, accounting and information technology services, software, asset management, legal or other assets utilized by the Adviser or the Administrator to provide such services are used by the Company and one or more existing or future investment funds or accounts managed by Fortress or any of its affiliates (the “Fortress Managed Accounts,” provided that, except where otherwise specifically stated herein, Fortress Managed Accounts shall not include investment funds and accounts managed by (i) the indirect owner(s) of Fortress or (ii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such indirect owner(s) that is not also controlled by Fortress), the Company will bear its respective allocable share of the cost (taking into account salaries, bonuses and fringe benefits) of such services, software or other assets. Such allocations will be subject to review and approval by the Board on a periodic basis. In addition, to the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Company shall pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator.
Income Taxes
For tax periods prior to the effective date of the RIC Election, the Company expects to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a partnership, the Company generally will not pay U.S. federal income taxes, but each of the Company’s investors will generally be required to file U.S. income tax returns and pay income taxes on the income and gains allocated to it in respect of its interest in the Company (whether or not distributed). Following its BDC Election, the Company intends to make the RIC Election and will file its tax return for the taxable year that begins on the effective date of the RIC Election (the “RIC Election Date”), as a RIC. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its investors as distributions. Rather, any U.S. federal income tax liability related to amounts distributed by the Company represents obligations of the Company’s investors.
To qualify as a RIC, the Company must (among other requirements) meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and timely distribute to its investors at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year.
Following the RIC Election Date, if the Company fails to distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of the Company’s ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of the amount by which the Company’s capital gains exceed its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax (collectively, the “Excise Tax Distribution Requirements”), the Company will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on the amount by which it does not meet the Excise Tax Distribution Requirements. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax for the tax year ending in that calendar year will be considered to have been distributed by year-end (or earlier if estimated taxes are paid).
3.
Investor Capital Commitments
On February 25, 2025, the Company received a $50 thousand commitment and cash payment from an affiliate of the Adviser. This was recorded as a subscription in advance as Shares have not yet been issued. This is classified as a liability in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2025, the Company has received $638 million of initial commitments from a group of investors (“Seed Investors”). As of March 31, 2025, the Seed Investors’ commitments remain fully undrawn. The Seed Investors are “qualified purchasers” as defined under the 1940 Act.
When the commitments are called, the Company will establish and maintain a separate capital account for each investor. Such capital accounts shall be increased by the capital contributions made by the investor and allocable share of net income or gains and decreased by any distributions made to the investors and allocable share of net loss. The liability of each investor is limited to the amount of capital commitments made by such investor.
4.
Fair Value Measurements
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are classified and disclosed based upon a fair value hierarchy as described below. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes and ranks the levels of observability of inputs used in measuring investments at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by multiple factors, including the type of investment and the characteristics specific to the investment. Investments with readily available quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from quoted prices in active markets will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment applied in determining fair value. Levels are based on the lowest level of significant input to valuation.
The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:
Level 1 – price quotes (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities that are available in active markets to which the Company has access to at the measurement date. The Company classifies unrestricted securities listed in active markets as Level 1. The Company does not adjust the quoted price for these assets or liabilities, even in situations where the Company holds a large position except where such assets or liabilities are materially restricted and such restriction transfers to the purchasers upon disposition.
Level 2 – pricing inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, which are directly or indirectly observable at the measurement date. This category includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets (including actionable bids from third parties for privately held assets or liabilities), and observable inputs other than quoted prices such as yield curves and forward currency rates that are entered directly into valuation models to determine the value of derivative contracts or other assets or liabilities. The Company classifies swaps and forward foreign currency contracts with observable inputs as Level 2.
Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability are used where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date and is based upon the Adviser or third-party’s assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. These investments include debt and equity investments in private or real estate companies or assets valued using the market or income approach and may involve pricing models whose inputs require significant judgment or estimation because of the absence of any meaningful current market data for identical or similar investments. The inputs in these valuations may include, but are not limited to, discount rates, interest rate volatility, recovery rates, multiple on invested capital (“MOIC”) and EBITDA multiples. Valuations based upon information from third parties, such as broker quotes and third-party valuation services, in consultation with management, which are based significantly on unobservable inputs or are otherwise not supportable as Level 2 inputs are classified as Level 3. Level 3 investments also include certain investments in affiliates whereby the underlying investments within the affiliated entities can be classified under Level 1, 2 or 3.
The following table presents the valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio at fair value as of March 31, 2025 by level within the fair value hierarchy.
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
First Lien Debt
$       —
$       —
$893,087
$893,087
Equity
198,450
198,450
Total investments
$
$
$1,091,537
$1,091,537
The following table presents a roll forward of the amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition of the Company’s investment portfolio for the period from January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025 classified by the Company within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not make any investments from January 25,
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024. When a determination is made to classify an investment within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. The Level 3 gain/(loss) in the following table is included as a component of net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period from January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025.
 
First Lien Debt
Equity
Total
Fair value, December 31, 2024
$
$
$
Purchases/Borrowings
886,653
91,098
977,751
Sales and Settlements/Paydowns
(2,515)
(2,515)
Accretion of discount/amortization of premium
1,331
1,331
Total net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments
7,618
107,352
114,970
Fair value, March 31, 2025
$893,087
$198,450
$1,091,537
The following table presents quantitative and qualitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in determining the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 investments. The table displays the range of significant unobservable inputs used by valuation techniques for each Level 3 asset category. Certain inputs may not be significant inputs used in the valuation of all investments within the Level 3 asset category. Additionally, the range of such inputs presented in the table may not be applicable to the valuation of each individual asset within a category. The categorization of assets in the below table is determined by each individual asset’s valuation characteristics. With the exception of Level 3 investments that have been valued without management generated inputs, including but not limited to, broker quotations or pricing services, the following table includes all investments included in Level 3 as displayed in the fair value measurement table presented earlier.
At March 31, 2025, all Level 3 investments were included in the following table.
Certain asset categories, fair value amounts, valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs are disclosed in the table and represent investments held directly by the Company. The asset categories presented within the table may be more disaggregated than the categories presented within the consolidated condensed schedule of investments in order to further describe the valuation characteristics and align with the fair value methods described within the Footnote 4- Fair Value Measurements.
Level 3 Asset Category
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Significant Unobservable Inputs
Inputs
First Lien Debt
893,087
Discounted Cash Flow
Discount Rate
10.4%
 
 
 
Expected Life (Exit Date)
2030
Equity
198,450
Valuation Multiple
EBITDA Multiple
7.25x
 
 
 
Expected Life (Exit Date)
2030
For the period ended March 31, 2025, the investments purchased by the Company were purchased alongside other funds, accounts and clients managed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
5.
Subscription Facility
On March 7, 2025, the Company entered into a revolving credit facility (the “Subscription Facility”) with a major financial institution for a total commitment of $400 million. The scheduled maturity date of the Subscription Facility is March 6, 2026. The Subscription Facility can be drawn upon, at the discretion of the Company, for any purpose expressly permitted in the Company’s organization and offering documents, including to purchase portfolio investments and for working capital purposes. The Subscription Facility is secured by the unfunded commitments of the Seed Investors. The interest rate generally applicable to the loans advanced under the Subscription Facility is the applicable SOFR rate plus 2.35% per annum.
The deferred financing costs on the Subscription Facility amounted to $1.2 million. This amount has been deferred and is being amortized through maturity. The unamortized portion has been recorded within debt on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and the amortized portion has been recorded within interest expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of March 31, 2025, the outstanding balance on the Subscription Facility was $2.2 million. The unused commitment fee under the revolving credit facility is 0.30% per annum. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had not entered into any credit facilities.
6.
Related Party Transactions and Agreements
The Adviser
The Company is managed by the Adviser which provides management services to the Company pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser is responsible for managing the Company’s business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring the Company’s portfolio on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.
Management Fee
The Company pays to the Adviser a management fee (the “Management Fee”) which is paid at an annual rate of 1.25% of the Company’s net assets, payable quarterly in arrears, calculated as of the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter and adjusted for any Share issuances, repurchases, dividends or distributions during the relevant calendar quarter. For purposes of determining the Management Fee, the Company’s net assets means its total assets less liabilities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Adviser has agreed to waive the Management Fee for (i) the period prior to the BDC Election, and (ii) the 6-month period following the date of the first Closing following the BDC Election (the “Initial Fee Waiver”). The Initial Fee Waiver is not subject to recoupment by the Adviser. The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter.
Incentive Fee
The Company pays to the Adviser an incentive fee that will consist of two parts. In any given quarter, one part of the incentive fee may be payable while the other is not. The first part of the incentive fee (the “Investment Income Incentive Fee”) will be calculated and payable on a quarterly basis, in arrears, and will equal 12.5% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (as defined below) for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a quarterly preferred return of 1.50% (i.e., 6.0% annualized), or “Hurdle Rate,” measured on a quarterly basis and a “catch-up” feature. To determine whether Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income is expressed as a rate on the average daily hurdle calculation value. The average daily hurdle calculation value, on any given day, equals:
the Company’s net assets as of the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the applicable day; plus
the aggregate amount of capital invested (including reinvested) from investors from the beginning of the current quarter to the applicable day; minus
the aggregate amount of distributions (including Share repurchases) made by the Company from the beginning of the current quarter to the applicable day (but only to the extent distributions were not declared and accounted for on the Company’s books and records in a previous calendar quarter).
The Company pays the Adviser an Investment Income Incentive Fee in each calendar quarter as follows:
No Investment Income Incentive Fee will be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate for such calendar quarter;
100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 1.715% for that calendar quarter will be payable to the Adviser. The Company refer to this portion of its Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the “catch-up”; and
12.5% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.715% in any calendar quarter is payable to the Adviser
“Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash and any other fees such as commitment,
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

origination, structuring, diligence, consulting or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter minus the Company’s operating expenses accrued during the calendar quarter (including the Management Fee, administrative expenses and any interest expense and dividends paid on issued and outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee). In addition, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received, or interest in the form of securities received rather than cash, including original issuance discount (“OID”), payment-in-kind and zero coupon investments.
The second part of the incentive fee (the “Capital Gains Incentive Fee”) will be an annual fee that will be determined and payable, in arrears, as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement) in an amount equal to 12.5% of cumulative realized capital gains, if any, determined on a cumulative basis from the commencement of the Company’s investment operations (based on the fair market value of each investment as of such date) through the end of such calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement), computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis from the commencement of the Company’s investment operations (based on the fair market value of each investment as of such date) through the end of such calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement), less the aggregate amount of any previously paid Capital Gains Incentive Fees.
The Company will accrue, but will not pay, a Capital Gains Incentive Fee with respect to unrealized appreciation because a Capital Gains Incentive Fee would be owed to the Adviser if the Company were to sell the relevant investment and realize a capital gain. For the period January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025, the Company accrued approximately $14 thousand of Capital Gains Incentive Fee all of which remains payable as of March 31, 2025.
The fees that will be payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted for any Share issuances or repurchases during the calendar quarter (based on the actual number of days elapsed relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter) and except as described above, exclude capital gains, realized loss and unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.
As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, no Management Fees or Investment Income Incentive Fees were incurred by the Company.
Amended and Restated Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement
The Company entered into an amended and restated expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser as of June 3, 2025, pursuant to which the Adviser may elect to pay certain of the Company’s expenses on the Company’s behalf (each, an “Expense Payment”). If the Adviser elects to pay certain of the Company’s expenses, the Adviser may be entitled to reimbursement of such expenses from the Company, subject to the terms of the Expense Support Agreement. All costs incurred by the Company in connection with its organization and initial offering will be advanced by the Adviser, subject to recoupment, which will be amortized over a 36-month period commencing on the date of the BDC Election. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Company will bear the costs associated with its organization and initial offering expenses. Reimbursement payments to the Adviser under the Expense Support Agreement will be accrued as they become probable or estimable or as certain conditions in the Expense Support Agreement are triggered.
The Adviser may also elect to pay certain of the Expense Payments on the Company’s behalf, provided that no portion of an Expense Payment will be used to pay any interest expense or shareholder servicing and/or distribution fees of the Company. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay must be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates. Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (the amount of such excess referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company will pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company under the Expense Support Agreement are referred to as a “Reimbursement Payment.” “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Company’s net investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains reduced by net long-term
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital losses), (ii) the Company’s net capital gains (including the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
For the periods ended March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Adviser has incurred organization expenses on the Company's behalf of $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The Company recorded $2.4 million of organization expenses and related expense support during the period ended March 31, 2025. As the Adviser has elected to pay such amounts, this was not due for reimbursement as of March 31, 2025.
For the period ended March 31, 2025, the Adviser has incurred offering costs on the Company's behalf of $1.0 million with no costs having been incurred as of the period ended December 31, 2024. The Company recorded $1.0 million of deferred offering costs and related payable within the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition during the period ended March 31, 2025, which will be charged to capital when unfunded commitments have been called.
The Administrator
The Administrator provides, or oversees the performance of, certain administrative and compliance services pursuant to the “Administration Agreement”. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and the Company’s allocable portion of compensation of the Administrator’s personnel and overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations pursuant to the Administration Agreement. The Administrator is an affiliate of Fortress and may provide (including through its affiliates) similar services to other Fortress Managed Accounts. To the extent that the Administrator provides administrative services to other Fortress Managed Accounts, any of the costs and expenses associated with the Administrator’s personnel overhead (including rent, office equipment and utilities) or incurred by the Administrator in performing its administrative obligations, will be borne by the Company based on its allocable share of the costs, on an estimated basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in circumstances where the Administrator reasonably believes that an allocation of such expenses or the amount allocated to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts would produce an inequitable result to the Company and/or other Fortress Managed Accounts, the Administrator may allocate such expenses in a fair and equitable manner. Such allocations will be subject to review and approval by the Board on a periodic basis.
7.
Financial Highlights
The following represents ratios to net asset for the period from January 1, 2025 to March 31, 2025. No ratios have been calculated for the period from January 25, 2024 (inception) to December 31, 2024 because there is no activity.
Total return as of March 31, 2025
(200.00)%
Ratios to average Net Assets
 
Net investment income/(loss)1
(475.67)%
Expenses
 
Operating expenses2
(72.39)%
Interest and other expenses
(420.12)
Capital gains incentive fees
(34.46)
Organization costs
(5,735.15)
Total expenses before expense support
(6,262.12)
Expense support3
5,735.15
Total expenses after expense support
(526.97)%
1
Net investment income/(loss) is net of expenses.
2
Operating expenses include administration fees and professional fees.
3
Represents expenses the Adviser has elected to pay on behalf of the Company in accordance with the Expense Support Agreement.
Income and expenses have not been annualized in calculating these ratios.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company has not yet issued Shares or recorded equity, the ratios and total returns are larger than if the Company had issued Shares or recorded equity.
8.
Risks and Uncertainties
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may encounter significant credit, market and liquidity risks. Credit risk is the risk of default of investments including loans, securities or derivatives, as applicable, which result from a borrower’s or counterparty’s inability or unwillingness to make required or expected payments.
Market risk reflects adverse changes in the value of investments loans, securities or derivatives, as applicable, due to changes in interest rates, prevailing credit spreads, foreign currency exchange rates, general economic conditions, financial market conditions, domestic or international economic or political events (including wars, terrorist acts or security operations), developments or trends in any particular industry, natural disasters, pandemics or health crises and the financial condition of the obligors on the Company’s assets.
The Company’s borrowing capacity is subject to the ability of the financial institutions in the banking syndicate to fulfill their respective obligations under the revolving credit facilities.
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company may not be able to sell assets when it desires to do so or to realize what it estimates to be their fair value in the event of a sale. Due to the nature of the Company’s strategy, the Company’s portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments having a greater amount of both market and credit risk than other investments. These investments trade in a limited market, may not be able to be immediately liquidated and can be involved in litigation or have regulatory restrictions. The value assigned to these investments may differ from the values that would have been used had a broader market for such investments existed or had such legal and regulatory circumstances not existed. The sale of illiquid assets and restricted securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or on the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restriction on resale.
The Company invests in fixed income financial instruments. Until such investments are sold or matured, the Company is exposed to credit risk relating to whether the issuer will meet its obligation when it becomes due.
The Company may also invest in securities of companies and assets located outside of the United States (considered non-qualifying investments under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act). The Company’s international investments are subject to the same risks associated with its United States investments as well as additional risks, such as fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, potentially adverse tax consequences and the burden of complying with foreign laws. The Company is subject to the risk of restrictions imposed by foreign governments on the repatriation of cash and to political or economic uncertainties as a result of investing in financial instruments issued in foreign countries. Following the BDC Election, to remain in compliance with BDC regulatory requirements the Company will invest no more than 30% of the portfolio in non-qualifying assets.
There is no clearing house for bank loans and other interests, nor is there a depository for custody of any such interests. The processes by which these interests are cleared, settled and held in custody are individually negotiated between the parties to the transaction. This subjects the Company to operational risk to the extent that there are delays and failure in these processes. The Company invests in loans, including loans issued by or related to companies that are experiencing various forms of financial, operational, legal, and/or other distress or impairment. The Company’s investments may be noninterest bearing, unsecured, and/or subordinated to other claimants. Until the investments are sold or mature, the Company is exposed to credit risk relating to whether the obligor will meet its obligation when it comes due. The terms of the bank loans may require the Company to extend to a borrower additional credit, or provide funding for any undrawn amount of such bank loans at the request of the borrower. This exposes the Company to potential liabilities that are not reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets. Refer to Footnote 9 - Commitments and Contingencies for additional disclosure.
9.
Commitments and Contingencies
As an inherent part of its investment objective, the Company may enter into agreements which contemplate the need for additional financial support, whether contractual or at the discretion of the Adviser, to carry out approved business plans or operating budgets with respect to certain investments. While the Company generally has discretion with respect to such additional financial support, if any, the timing and amount of additional financial support cannot be predicted with any certainty.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into contracts that provide a variety of general indemnifications. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements could involve future claims that may be made against the Company. Currently, no such claims exist, and accordingly, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide, or agree to provide either directly or indirectly certain financial guarantees or indemnities including without limitation springing and/or nonrecourse carve-out guarantees (collectively the “Guaranty Obligations”) typically associated with nonrecourse debt financings of real property investments held by or through its UIVs. Common carve-outs include the borrower’s fraud, misrepresentation, bankruptcy, misapplication of insurance proceeds, waste, failure to maintain separateness covenants, environmental/hazardous substance contamination and intentional destruction of property (each a “Bad Act”). The Guaranty Obligations would generally be enforceable upon the occurrence of a Bad Act and could result in (i) the loan becoming fully recourse to the guarantor(s) and/or (ii) guarantor liability for losses incurred by the lender. Generally, the Company’s maximum exposure under such guarantees or indemnities is not stated and is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. Additionally, certain indemnities may survive the term of the related debt financing. Although the maximum exposure under such Guaranty Obligations could be significant to the Company, based on its history, the Company expects the likelihood of such Guaranty Obligations being enforced against the Company and the risk of material loss to be remote.
At March 31, 2025, the Company had unfunded commitments to investments of approximately $3.5 million, of which, $3.2 million related to delayed draw term loans and $0.3 million related to revolving credit facilities.
From time to time, the Company may become a party to certain legal proceedings during the normal course of business. As of March 31, 2025, the Company is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation.
10.
Subsequent Events
From March 31, 2025 through June 3, 2025 the Company funded $109.5 million of loan investments with $120.2 million of commitments.
In April 2025, the total commitment of the Subscription Facility was increased to $470.0 million. From March 31, 2025 through June 3, 2025, the Company borrowed $107.4 million on the Subscription Facility.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Fortress Private Lending Fund
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Sims
 
 
Name: David Sims
 
 
Title: Trustee
 
 
 
 
Date: June 6, 2025
[Signature Page to Form 10]

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT 3.1

EXHIBIT 3.2

EXHIBIT 3.3

EXHIBIT 10.1

EXHIBIT 10.2

EXHIBIT 10.8